From: Martin Zobel-Helas <zobel@debian.org>
Date: Thu, 26 Nov 2015 17:43:59 +0000 (+0000)
Subject: rename modules/lvm to modules/dsa_lvm
X-Git-Url: https://git.adam-barratt.org.uk/?p=mirror%2Fdsa-puppet.git;a=commitdiff_plain;h=6cd0b2c073d84a7e4ba19161ebee856bcd8d2960

rename modules/lvm to modules/dsa_lvm

Signed-off-by: Martin Zobel-Helas <zobel@debian.org>
---

diff --git a/manifests/site.pp b/manifests/site.pp
index 93b79b219..c54244da3 100644
--- a/manifests/site.pp
+++ b/manifests/site.pp
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ node default {
 	include unbound
 	include bacula::client
 	include autofs
-	include lvm
+	include dsa_lvm
 	include grub
 	include multipath
 	if $::lsbdistcodename == squeeze {
diff --git a/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-bm-blades.conf b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-bm-blades.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0821f0059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-bm-blades.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,773 @@
+# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
+# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
+# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
+#
+# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
+# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
+#
+# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
+# example settings in this file.
+
+
+# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
+# be used by the LVM system.
+devices {
+
+    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
+    dir = "/dev"
+
+    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
+    # to use with LVM2.
+    scan = [ "/dev" ]
+
+    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
+    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
+    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
+    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
+    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
+    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
+    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
+    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
+    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
+
+    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
+    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
+    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
+    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
+    preferred_names = [ ]
+
+    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
+    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+
+    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
+    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
+    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
+    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
+    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
+    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
+    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
+
+    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
+    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
+    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
+    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
+    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
+    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
+    # accepted.
+
+    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
+
+    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
+    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
+    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
+
+
+    # By default we accept every block device:
+    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Exclude the cdrom drive
+    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
+
+    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
+    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
+    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
+
+    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
+    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
+    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
+    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
+    # in a file called '.cache'.
+    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
+    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
+    # these new ones is present.)
+    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
+    cache_file_prefix = ""
+
+    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
+    write_cache_state = 1
+
+    # Advanced settings.
+
+    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
+    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
+    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
+
+    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
+    # the block devices it believes are valid.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    sysfs_scan = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
+    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    multipath_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
+    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
+    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_chunk_alignment = 1
+
+    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
+    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
+    # default_data_alignment = 1
+
+    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
+    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
+    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
+    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
+    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
+    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
+    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
+    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
+    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_detection = 1
+
+    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
+    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
+    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
+    # or page size, if larger.
+    data_alignment = 0
+
+    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
+    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
+    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
+    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
+    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
+    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
+    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
+
+    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
+    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
+    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
+    # in recovery situations.
+    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+
+    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
+    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
+    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
+    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
+    disable_after_error_count = 0
+
+    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
+    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
+
+    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
+    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
+    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
+
+    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
+    pv_min_size = 2048
+
+    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
+    # pv_min_size = 512
+
+    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
+    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
+    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
+    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
+    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
+    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
+    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
+    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
+    # support.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    issue_discards = 0
+}
+
+# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
+# free space for its Logical Volumes.
+#allocation {
+#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
+#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
+#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
+#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
+#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
+#    between existing extents and new extents.
+#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
+#    
+#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
+#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
+#    they are situated.
+#
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
+#
+#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
+#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
+#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
+#    algorithm.
+#
+#    maximise_cling = 1
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
+#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
+#    until version 2.02.85.
+#
+#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
+#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
+#
+#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#}
+
+# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
+# information that LVM2 reports.
+log {
+
+    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
+    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
+    verbose = 0
+
+    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
+    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
+    syslog = 1
+
+    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
+    # By default there is no log file.
+    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
+
+    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
+    # By default we append.
+    overwrite = 0
+
+    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
+    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
+    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
+    level = 0
+
+    # Format of output messages
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
+    indent = 1
+
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
+    command_names = 0
+
+    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
+    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
+    # of each message.
+    prefix = "  "
+
+    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
+    #   indent = 0
+    #   command_names = 1
+    #   prefix = " -- "
+
+    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
+    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
+    # activation = 0
+}
+
+# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
+# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
+# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
+# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
+backup {
+
+    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # Think very hard before turning this off!
+    backup = 1
+
+    # Where shall we keep it ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
+
+    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
+    archive = 1
+
+    # Where should archived files go ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
+
+    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
+    retain_min = 10
+
+    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
+    retain_days = 30
+}
+
+# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
+shell {
+
+    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
+    history_size = 100
+}
+
+
+# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
+global {
+
+    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
+    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
+    umask = 077
+
+    # Allow other users to read the files
+    #umask = 022
+
+    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
+    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
+    # command.  Defaults to off.
+    test = 0
+
+    # Default value for --units argument
+    units = "h"
+
+    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
+    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
+    # KB, MB, GB).
+    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
+    # temporarily until you update them.
+    si_unit_consistency = 1
+
+    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
+    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
+    # without activating any logical volumes.
+    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
+    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
+    activation = 1
+
+    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
+    # the LVM1 tools?
+    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
+    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
+    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
+    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
+    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
+    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
+    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
+
+    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
+    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
+    # Defaults to "lvm2".
+    # format = "lvm2"
+
+    # Location of proc filesystem
+    proc = "/proc"
+
+    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
+    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
+    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
+    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
+    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
+    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
+    # change metadata.
+    locking_type = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
+    wait_for_locks = 1
+
+    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
+    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
+    # clustered locking.
+    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
+    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
+
+    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
+    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
+    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
+    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
+    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
+    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
+
+    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
+    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
+    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
+
+    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
+    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
+    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
+    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
+    # volume of read-only requests.
+    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
+    # locking.
+    prioritise_write_locks = 1
+
+    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
+    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
+    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
+    # Full pathnames can be given.
+
+    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
+    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
+
+    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
+    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
+
+    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
+    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
+    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
+
+    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
+    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
+    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
+    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
+
+    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
+    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
+    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
+    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
+    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
+    metadata_read_only = 0
+
+    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
+    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
+    #
+    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
+    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
+    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
+    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
+    #		 problematic.
+    #
+    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
+    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
+    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
+    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
+    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
+    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
+    #
+    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
+    # setting.
+    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
+
+    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
+    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
+    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
+    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
+    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
+    #
+    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
+
+    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
+    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
+    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
+    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
+    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
+    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
+    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
+    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
+    use_lvmetad = 0
+}
+
+activation {
+    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
+    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
+    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
+    # only when there seems to be a problem.
+    checks = 0
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
+    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
+    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
+    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
+    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
+    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
+    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
+    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
+    udev_sync = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
+    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
+    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
+    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
+    # while any logical volumes are active.
+    udev_rules = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
+    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
+    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
+    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
+    verify_udev_operations = 0
+
+    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
+    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
+    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
+    retry_deactivation = 1
+
+    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
+    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
+    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
+    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
+    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
+    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
+    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
+
+    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
+    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
+    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
+    use_linear_target = 1
+
+    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
+    reserved_stack = 64
+
+    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    reserved_memory = 8192
+
+    # Nice value used while devices suspended
+    process_priority = -18
+
+    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
+    # match against the list.
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
+    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
+    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
+    # metadata.)
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
+    mirror_region_size = 512
+
+    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
+    #
+    # "none" - Disable readahead.
+    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
+    readahead = "auto"
+
+    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
+    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
+    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
+    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
+    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
+    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
+    #
+    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
+    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
+    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
+    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
+    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
+    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
+    #		  usable.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
+    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
+    #
+    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
+
+    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
+    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
+    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
+    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
+    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
+    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
+    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
+    # --use-policies is given.
+    #
+    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
+    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
+    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
+    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
+    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
+    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
+    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
+    #            copy.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
+    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
+    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
+    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
+    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
+    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
+    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
+    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
+    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
+    #
+    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
+    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
+    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
+    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
+    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
+    #            be allocated for the replacement.
+
+    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
+    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
+
+    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
+    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
+    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
+    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
+    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
+    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+    #
+    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
+
+    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
+    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
+    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
+    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
+    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
+    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
+    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
+    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
+    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
+
+    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
+    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
+    # devices.
+    use_mlockall = 0
+
+    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
+    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
+    monitoring = 0
+
+    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
+    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
+    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
+    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
+    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
+    # operation is complete.
+    polling_interval = 15
+}
+
+
+####################
+# Advanced section #
+####################
+
+# Metadata settings
+#
+# metadata {
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
+    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
+    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
+    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
+
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
+    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
+    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
+    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
+    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
+    # metadata is stored in them all.
+    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
+    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
+    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
+    # --metadataignore y/n'.
+
+    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
+
+    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
+    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
+    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
+
+    # pvmetadatasize = 255
+
+    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
+    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
+    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
+    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
+    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
+    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
+    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
+    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
+    #
+    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
+    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
+    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
+
+    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
+#}
+
+# Event daemon
+#
+dmeventd {
+    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
+    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
+    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
+    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
+
+    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
+
+    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
+    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
+
+    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
+
+    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
+    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the pool is filled.
+
+    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
+
+    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
+    #
+    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
+}
diff --git a/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ebe7a968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
+# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
+# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
+#
+# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
+# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
+#
+# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
+# example settings in this file.
+
+
+# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
+# be used by the LVM system.
+devices {
+
+    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
+    dir = "/dev"
+
+    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
+    # to use with LVM2.
+    scan = [ "/dev" ]
+
+    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
+    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
+    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
+    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
+    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
+    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
+    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
+    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
+    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
+
+    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
+    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
+    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
+    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
+    preferred_names = [ ]
+
+    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
+    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+
+    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
+    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
+    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
+    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
+    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
+    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
+    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
+
+    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
+    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
+    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
+    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
+    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
+    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
+    # accepted.
+
+    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
+
+    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
+    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
+    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
+
+
+    # By default we accept every block device:
+    #filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
+    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Exclude the cdrom drive
+    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
+
+    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
+    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
+    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
+
+    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
+    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
+    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
+    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
+    # in a file called '.cache'.
+    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
+    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
+    # these new ones is present.)
+    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
+    cache_file_prefix = ""
+
+    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
+    write_cache_state = 1
+
+    # Advanced settings.
+
+    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
+    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
+    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
+
+    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
+    # the block devices it believes are valid.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    sysfs_scan = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
+    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    multipath_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
+    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
+    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_chunk_alignment = 1
+
+    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
+    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
+    # default_data_alignment = 1
+
+    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
+    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
+    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
+    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
+    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
+    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
+    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
+    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
+    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_detection = 1
+
+    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
+    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
+    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
+    # or page size, if larger.
+    data_alignment = 0
+
+    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
+    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
+    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
+    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
+    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
+    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
+    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
+
+    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
+    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
+    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
+    # in recovery situations.
+    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+
+    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
+    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
+    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
+    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
+    disable_after_error_count = 0
+
+    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
+    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
+
+    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
+    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
+    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
+
+    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
+    pv_min_size = 2048
+
+    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
+    # pv_min_size = 512
+
+    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
+    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
+    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
+    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
+    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
+    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
+    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
+    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
+    # support.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    issue_discards = 0
+}
+
+# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
+# free space for its Logical Volumes.
+#allocation {
+#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
+#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
+#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
+#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
+#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
+#    between existing extents and new extents.
+#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
+#    
+#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
+#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
+#    they are situated.
+#
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
+#
+#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
+#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
+#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
+#    algorithm.
+#
+#    maximise_cling = 1
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
+#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
+#    until version 2.02.85.
+#
+#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
+#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
+#
+#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#}
+
+# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
+# information that LVM2 reports.
+log {
+
+    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
+    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
+    verbose = 0
+
+    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
+    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
+    syslog = 1
+
+    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
+    # By default there is no log file.
+    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
+
+    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
+    # By default we append.
+    overwrite = 0
+
+    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
+    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
+    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
+    level = 0
+
+    # Format of output messages
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
+    indent = 1
+
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
+    command_names = 0
+
+    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
+    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
+    # of each message.
+    prefix = "  "
+
+    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
+    #   indent = 0
+    #   command_names = 1
+    #   prefix = " -- "
+
+    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
+    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
+    # activation = 0
+}
+
+# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
+# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
+# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
+# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
+backup {
+
+    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # Think very hard before turning this off!
+    backup = 1
+
+    # Where shall we keep it ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
+
+    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
+    archive = 1
+
+    # Where should archived files go ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
+
+    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
+    retain_min = 10
+
+    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
+    retain_days = 30
+}
+
+# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
+shell {
+
+    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
+    history_size = 100
+}
+
+
+# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
+global {
+
+    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
+    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
+    umask = 077
+
+    # Allow other users to read the files
+    #umask = 022
+
+    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
+    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
+    # command.  Defaults to off.
+    test = 0
+
+    # Default value for --units argument
+    units = "h"
+
+    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
+    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
+    # KB, MB, GB).
+    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
+    # temporarily until you update them.
+    si_unit_consistency = 1
+
+    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
+    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
+    # without activating any logical volumes.
+    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
+    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
+    activation = 1
+
+    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
+    # the LVM1 tools?
+    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
+    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
+    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
+    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
+    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
+    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
+    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
+
+    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
+    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
+    # Defaults to "lvm2".
+    # format = "lvm2"
+
+    # Location of proc filesystem
+    proc = "/proc"
+
+    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
+    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
+    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
+    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
+    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
+    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
+    # change metadata.
+    locking_type = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
+    wait_for_locks = 1
+
+    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
+    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
+    # clustered locking.
+    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
+    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
+
+    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
+    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
+    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
+    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
+    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
+    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
+
+    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
+    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
+    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
+
+    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
+    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
+    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
+    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
+    # volume of read-only requests.
+    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
+    # locking.
+    prioritise_write_locks = 1
+
+    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
+    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
+    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
+    # Full pathnames can be given.
+
+    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
+    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
+
+    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
+    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
+
+    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
+    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
+    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
+
+    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
+    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
+    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
+    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
+
+    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
+    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
+    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
+    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
+    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
+    metadata_read_only = 0
+
+    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
+    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
+    #
+    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
+    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
+    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
+    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
+    #		 problematic.
+    #
+    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
+    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
+    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
+    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
+    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
+    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
+    #
+    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
+    # setting.
+    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
+
+    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
+    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
+    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
+    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
+    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
+    #
+    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
+
+    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
+    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
+    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
+    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
+    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
+    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
+    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
+    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
+    use_lvmetad = 0
+}
+
+activation {
+    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
+    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
+    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
+    # only when there seems to be a problem.
+    checks = 0
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
+    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
+    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
+    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
+    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
+    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
+    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
+    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
+    udev_sync = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
+    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
+    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
+    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
+    # while any logical volumes are active.
+    udev_rules = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
+    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
+    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
+    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
+    verify_udev_operations = 0
+
+    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
+    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
+    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
+    retry_deactivation = 1
+
+    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
+    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
+    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
+    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
+    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
+    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
+    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
+
+    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
+    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
+    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
+    use_linear_target = 1
+
+    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
+    reserved_stack = 64
+
+    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    reserved_memory = 8192
+
+    # Nice value used while devices suspended
+    process_priority = -18
+
+    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
+    # match against the list.
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
+    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
+    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
+    # metadata.)
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
+    mirror_region_size = 512
+
+    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
+    #
+    # "none" - Disable readahead.
+    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
+    readahead = "auto"
+
+    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
+    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
+    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
+    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
+    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
+    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
+    #
+    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
+    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
+    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
+    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
+    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
+    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
+    #		  usable.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
+    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
+    #
+    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
+
+    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
+    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
+    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
+    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
+    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
+    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
+    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
+    # --use-policies is given.
+    #
+    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
+    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
+    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
+    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
+    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
+    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
+    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
+    #            copy.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
+    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
+    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
+    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
+    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
+    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
+    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
+    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
+    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
+    #
+    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
+    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
+    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
+    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
+    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
+    #            be allocated for the replacement.
+
+    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
+    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
+
+    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
+    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
+    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
+    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
+    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
+    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+    #
+    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
+
+    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
+    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
+    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
+    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
+    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
+    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
+    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
+    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
+    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
+
+    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
+    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
+    # devices.
+    use_mlockall = 0
+
+    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
+    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
+    monitoring = 0
+
+    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
+    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
+    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
+    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
+    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
+    # operation is complete.
+    polling_interval = 15
+}
+
+
+####################
+# Advanced section #
+####################
+
+# Metadata settings
+#
+# metadata {
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
+    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
+    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
+    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
+
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
+    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
+    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
+    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
+    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
+    # metadata is stored in them all.
+    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
+    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
+    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
+    # --metadataignore y/n'.
+
+    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
+
+    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
+    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
+    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
+
+    # pvmetadatasize = 255
+
+    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
+    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
+    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
+    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
+    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
+    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
+    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
+    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
+    #
+    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
+    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
+    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
+
+    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
+#}
+
+# Event daemon
+#
+dmeventd {
+    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
+    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
+    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
+    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
+
+    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
+
+    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
+    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
+
+    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
+
+    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
+    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the pool is filled.
+
+    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
+
+    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
+    #
+    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
+}
diff --git a/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ebe7a968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
+# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
+# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
+#
+# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
+# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
+#
+# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
+# example settings in this file.
+
+
+# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
+# be used by the LVM system.
+devices {
+
+    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
+    dir = "/dev"
+
+    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
+    # to use with LVM2.
+    scan = [ "/dev" ]
+
+    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
+    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
+    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
+    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
+    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
+    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
+    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
+    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
+    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
+
+    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
+    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
+    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
+    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
+    preferred_names = [ ]
+
+    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
+    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+
+    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
+    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
+    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
+    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
+    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
+    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
+    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
+
+    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
+    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
+    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
+    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
+    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
+    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
+    # accepted.
+
+    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
+
+    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
+    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
+    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
+
+
+    # By default we accept every block device:
+    #filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
+    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Exclude the cdrom drive
+    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
+
+    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
+    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
+    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
+
+    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
+    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
+    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
+    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
+    # in a file called '.cache'.
+    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
+    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
+    # these new ones is present.)
+    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
+    cache_file_prefix = ""
+
+    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
+    write_cache_state = 1
+
+    # Advanced settings.
+
+    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
+    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
+    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
+
+    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
+    # the block devices it believes are valid.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    sysfs_scan = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
+    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    multipath_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
+    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
+    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_chunk_alignment = 1
+
+    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
+    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
+    # default_data_alignment = 1
+
+    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
+    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
+    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
+    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
+    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
+    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
+    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
+    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
+    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_detection = 1
+
+    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
+    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
+    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
+    # or page size, if larger.
+    data_alignment = 0
+
+    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
+    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
+    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
+    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
+    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
+    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
+    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
+
+    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
+    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
+    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
+    # in recovery situations.
+    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+
+    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
+    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
+    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
+    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
+    disable_after_error_count = 0
+
+    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
+    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
+
+    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
+    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
+    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
+
+    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
+    pv_min_size = 2048
+
+    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
+    # pv_min_size = 512
+
+    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
+    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
+    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
+    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
+    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
+    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
+    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
+    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
+    # support.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    issue_discards = 0
+}
+
+# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
+# free space for its Logical Volumes.
+#allocation {
+#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
+#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
+#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
+#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
+#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
+#    between existing extents and new extents.
+#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
+#    
+#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
+#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
+#    they are situated.
+#
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
+#
+#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
+#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
+#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
+#    algorithm.
+#
+#    maximise_cling = 1
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
+#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
+#    until version 2.02.85.
+#
+#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
+#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
+#
+#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#}
+
+# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
+# information that LVM2 reports.
+log {
+
+    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
+    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
+    verbose = 0
+
+    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
+    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
+    syslog = 1
+
+    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
+    # By default there is no log file.
+    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
+
+    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
+    # By default we append.
+    overwrite = 0
+
+    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
+    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
+    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
+    level = 0
+
+    # Format of output messages
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
+    indent = 1
+
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
+    command_names = 0
+
+    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
+    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
+    # of each message.
+    prefix = "  "
+
+    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
+    #   indent = 0
+    #   command_names = 1
+    #   prefix = " -- "
+
+    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
+    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
+    # activation = 0
+}
+
+# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
+# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
+# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
+# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
+backup {
+
+    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # Think very hard before turning this off!
+    backup = 1
+
+    # Where shall we keep it ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
+
+    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
+    archive = 1
+
+    # Where should archived files go ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
+
+    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
+    retain_min = 10
+
+    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
+    retain_days = 30
+}
+
+# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
+shell {
+
+    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
+    history_size = 100
+}
+
+
+# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
+global {
+
+    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
+    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
+    umask = 077
+
+    # Allow other users to read the files
+    #umask = 022
+
+    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
+    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
+    # command.  Defaults to off.
+    test = 0
+
+    # Default value for --units argument
+    units = "h"
+
+    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
+    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
+    # KB, MB, GB).
+    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
+    # temporarily until you update them.
+    si_unit_consistency = 1
+
+    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
+    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
+    # without activating any logical volumes.
+    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
+    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
+    activation = 1
+
+    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
+    # the LVM1 tools?
+    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
+    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
+    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
+    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
+    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
+    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
+    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
+
+    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
+    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
+    # Defaults to "lvm2".
+    # format = "lvm2"
+
+    # Location of proc filesystem
+    proc = "/proc"
+
+    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
+    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
+    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
+    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
+    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
+    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
+    # change metadata.
+    locking_type = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
+    wait_for_locks = 1
+
+    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
+    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
+    # clustered locking.
+    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
+    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
+
+    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
+    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
+    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
+    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
+    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
+    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
+
+    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
+    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
+    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
+
+    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
+    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
+    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
+    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
+    # volume of read-only requests.
+    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
+    # locking.
+    prioritise_write_locks = 1
+
+    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
+    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
+    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
+    # Full pathnames can be given.
+
+    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
+    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
+
+    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
+    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
+
+    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
+    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
+    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
+
+    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
+    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
+    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
+    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
+
+    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
+    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
+    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
+    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
+    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
+    metadata_read_only = 0
+
+    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
+    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
+    #
+    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
+    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
+    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
+    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
+    #		 problematic.
+    #
+    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
+    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
+    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
+    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
+    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
+    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
+    #
+    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
+    # setting.
+    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
+
+    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
+    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
+    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
+    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
+    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
+    #
+    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
+
+    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
+    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
+    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
+    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
+    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
+    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
+    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
+    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
+    use_lvmetad = 0
+}
+
+activation {
+    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
+    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
+    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
+    # only when there seems to be a problem.
+    checks = 0
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
+    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
+    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
+    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
+    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
+    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
+    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
+    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
+    udev_sync = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
+    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
+    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
+    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
+    # while any logical volumes are active.
+    udev_rules = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
+    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
+    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
+    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
+    verify_udev_operations = 0
+
+    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
+    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
+    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
+    retry_deactivation = 1
+
+    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
+    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
+    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
+    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
+    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
+    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
+    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
+
+    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
+    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
+    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
+    use_linear_target = 1
+
+    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
+    reserved_stack = 64
+
+    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    reserved_memory = 8192
+
+    # Nice value used while devices suspended
+    process_priority = -18
+
+    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
+    # match against the list.
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
+    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
+    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
+    # metadata.)
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
+    mirror_region_size = 512
+
+    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
+    #
+    # "none" - Disable readahead.
+    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
+    readahead = "auto"
+
+    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
+    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
+    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
+    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
+    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
+    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
+    #
+    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
+    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
+    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
+    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
+    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
+    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
+    #		  usable.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
+    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
+    #
+    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
+
+    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
+    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
+    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
+    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
+    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
+    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
+    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
+    # --use-policies is given.
+    #
+    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
+    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
+    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
+    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
+    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
+    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
+    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
+    #            copy.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
+    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
+    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
+    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
+    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
+    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
+    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
+    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
+    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
+    #
+    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
+    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
+    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
+    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
+    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
+    #            be allocated for the replacement.
+
+    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
+    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
+
+    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
+    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
+    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
+    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
+    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
+    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+    #
+    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
+
+    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
+    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
+    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
+    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
+    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
+    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
+    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
+    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
+    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
+
+    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
+    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
+    # devices.
+    use_mlockall = 0
+
+    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
+    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
+    monitoring = 0
+
+    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
+    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
+    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
+    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
+    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
+    # operation is complete.
+    polling_interval = 15
+}
+
+
+####################
+# Advanced section #
+####################
+
+# Metadata settings
+#
+# metadata {
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
+    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
+    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
+    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
+
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
+    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
+    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
+    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
+    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
+    # metadata is stored in them all.
+    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
+    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
+    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
+    # --metadataignore y/n'.
+
+    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
+
+    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
+    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
+    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
+
+    # pvmetadatasize = 255
+
+    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
+    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
+    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
+    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
+    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
+    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
+    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
+    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
+    #
+    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
+    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
+    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
+
+    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
+#}
+
+# Event daemon
+#
+dmeventd {
+    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
+    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
+    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
+    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
+
+    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
+
+    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
+    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
+
+    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
+
+    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
+    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the pool is filled.
+
+    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
+
+    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
+    #
+    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
+}
diff --git a/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-prokofiev.conf b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-prokofiev.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c7270ca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-prokofiev.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,1261 @@
+# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
+# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
+# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
+#
+# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
+# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
+#
+# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
+# example settings in this file.
+
+# This section allows you to set the way the configuration settings are handled.
+config {
+
+    # If enabled, any LVM2 configuration mismatch is reported.
+    # This implies checking that the configuration key is understood
+    # by LVM2 and that the value of the key is of a proper type.
+    # If disabled, any configuration mismatch is ignored and default
+    # value is used instead without any warning (a message about the
+    # configuration key not being found is issued in verbose mode only).
+    checks = 1
+
+    # If enabled, any configuration mismatch aborts the LVM2 process.
+    abort_on_errors = 0
+
+    # Directory where LVM looks for configuration profiles.
+    profile_dir = "/etc/lvm/profile"
+}
+
+# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
+# be used by the LVM system.
+devices {
+
+    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
+    dir = "/dev"
+
+    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
+    # to use with LVM2.
+    scan = [ "/dev" ]
+
+    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
+    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
+    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
+    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
+    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
+    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
+    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
+    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
+    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
+
+    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
+    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
+    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
+    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
+
+    # By default no preferred names are defined.
+    # preferred_names = [ ]
+
+    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
+    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+
+    # In case no prefererred name matches or if preferred_names are not
+    # defined at all, builtin rules are used to determine the preference.
+    #
+    # The first builtin rule checks path prefixes and it gives preference
+    # based on this ordering (where "dev" depends on devices/dev setting):
+    #   /dev/mapper > /dev/disk > /dev/dm-* > /dev/block
+    #
+    # If the ordering above cannot be applied, the path with fewer slashes
+    # gets preference then.
+    #
+    # If the number of slashes is the same, a symlink gets preference.
+    #
+    # Finally, if all the rules mentioned above are not applicable,
+    # lexicographical order is used over paths and the smallest one
+    # of all gets preference.
+
+
+    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
+    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
+    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
+    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
+    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
+    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
+    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
+
+    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
+    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
+    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
+    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
+    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
+    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
+    # accepted.
+
+    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
+
+    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
+    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
+    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
+
+    # If lvmetad is used, then see "A note about device filtering while
+    # lvmetad is used" comment that is attached to global/use_lvmetad setting.
+
+    # By default we accept every block device:
+    # filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
+
+    # Exclude the cdrom drive
+    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
+
+    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
+    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
+    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
+
+    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
+    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
+    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sd[ab][0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Since "filter" is often overridden from command line, it is not suitable
+    # for system-wide device filtering (udev rules, lvmetad). To hide devices
+    # from LVM-specific udev processing and/or from lvmetad, you need to set
+    # global_filter. The syntax is the same as for normal "filter"
+    # above. Devices that fail the global_filter are not even opened by LVM.
+
+    # global_filter = []
+
+    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
+    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
+    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
+    # in a file called '.cache'.
+    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
+    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
+    # these new ones is present.)
+    # N.B. If obtain_device_list_from_udev is set to 1 the list of
+    # devices is instead obtained from udev and any existing .cache
+    # file is removed.
+    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
+    cache_file_prefix = ""
+
+    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
+    write_cache_state = 1
+
+    # Advanced settings.
+
+    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
+    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
+    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
+
+    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
+    # the block devices it believes are valid.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    sysfs_scan = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
+    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    multipath_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
+    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
+    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_chunk_alignment = 1
+
+    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
+    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
+    # default_data_alignment = 1
+
+    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
+    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
+    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
+    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
+    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
+    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
+    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
+    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
+    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_detection = 1
+
+    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
+    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
+    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
+    # or page size, if larger.
+    data_alignment = 0
+
+    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
+    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
+    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
+    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
+    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
+    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
+    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
+
+    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
+    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
+    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
+    # in recovery situations.
+    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+
+    # ignore_lvm_mirrors:  Introduced in version 2.02.104
+    # This setting determines whether logical volumes of "mirror" segment
+    # type are scanned for LVM labels.  This affects the ability of
+    # mirrors to be used as physical volumes.  If 'ignore_lvm_mirrors'
+    # is set to '1', it becomes impossible to create volume groups on top
+    # of mirror logical volumes - i.e. to stack volume groups on mirrors.
+    #
+    # Allowing mirror logical volumes to be scanned (setting the value to '0')
+    # can potentially cause LVM processes and I/O to the mirror to become
+    # blocked.  This is due to the way that the "mirror" segment type handles
+    # failures.  In order for the hang to manifest itself, an LVM command must
+    # be run just after a failure and before the automatic LVM repair process
+    # takes place OR there must be failures in multiple mirrors in the same
+    # volume group at the same time with write failures occurring moments
+    # before a scan of the mirror's labels.
+    #
+    # Note that these scanning limitations do not apply to the LVM RAID
+    # types, like "raid1".  The RAID segment types handle failures in a
+    # different way and are not subject to possible process or I/O blocking.
+    #
+    # It is encouraged that users set 'ignore_lvm_mirrors' to 1 if they
+    # are using the "mirror" segment type.  Users that require volume group
+    # stacking on mirrored logical volumes should consider using the "raid1"
+    # segment type.  The "raid1" segment type is not available for
+    # active/active clustered volume groups.
+    #
+    # Set to 1 to disallow stacking and thereby avoid a possible deadlock.
+    ignore_lvm_mirrors = 1
+
+    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
+    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
+    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
+    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
+    disable_after_error_count = 0
+
+    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
+    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
+
+    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
+    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
+    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
+
+    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
+    pv_min_size = 2048
+
+    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
+    # pv_min_size = 512
+
+    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
+    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
+    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
+    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
+    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
+    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
+    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
+    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
+    # support.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    issue_discards = 0
+}
+
+# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
+# free space for its Logical Volumes.
+allocation {
+
+    # When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
+    # allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
+    # segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
+    # list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
+    # attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
+    # between existing extents and new extents.
+    # Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
+ 
+    # Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
+    # PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
+    # they are situated.
+
+    # cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
+    # cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
+
+    # Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
+    # policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
+    # onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
+    # algorithm.
+    maximise_cling = 1
+
+    # Whether to use blkid library instead of native LVM2 code to detect
+    # any existing signatures while creating new Physical Volumes and
+    # Logical Volumes. LVM2 needs to be compiled with blkid wiping support
+    # for this setting to take effect.
+    #
+    # LVM2 native detection code is currently able to recognize these signatures:
+    #   - MD device signature
+    #   - swap signature
+    #   - LUKS signature
+    # To see the list of signatures recognized by blkid, check the output
+    # of 'blkid -k' command. The blkid can recognize more signatures than
+    # LVM2 native detection code, but due to this higher number of signatures
+    # to be recognized, it can take more time to complete the signature scan.
+    use_blkid_wiping = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 to wipe any signatures found on newly-created Logical Volumes
+    # automatically in addition to zeroing of the first KB on the LV
+    # (controlled by the -Z/--zero y option).
+    # The command line option -W/--wipesignatures takes precedence over this
+    # setting.
+    # The default is to wipe signatures when zeroing.
+    #
+    wipe_signatures_when_zeroing_new_lvs = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
+    # different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
+    # until version 2.02.85.
+    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
+
+    # Set to 1 to guarantee that cache_pool metadata will always be
+    # placed on  different PVs from the cache_pool data.
+    cache_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+
+    # Specify the minimal chunk size (in kiB) for cache pool volumes.
+    # Using a chunk_size that is too large can result in wasteful use of
+    # the cache, where small reads and writes can cause large sections of
+    # an LV to be mapped into the cache.  However, choosing a chunk_size
+    # that is too small can result in more overhead trying to manage the
+    # numerous chunks that become mapped into the cache.  The former is
+    # more of a problem than the latter in most cases, so we default to
+    # a value that is on the smaller end of the spectrum.  Supported values
+    # range from 32(kiB) to 1048576 in multiples of 32.
+    # cache_pool_chunk_size = 64
+
+    # Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
+    # be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
+    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+
+    # Specify chunk size calculation policy for thin pool volumes.
+    # Possible options are:
+    # "generic"        - if thin_pool_chunk_size is defined, use it.
+    #                    Otherwise, calculate the chunk size based on
+    #                    estimation and device hints exposed in sysfs:
+    #                    the minimum_io_size. The chunk size is always
+    #                    at least 64KiB.
+    #
+    # "performance"    - if thin_pool_chunk_size is defined, use it.
+    # 			 Otherwise, calculate the chunk size for
+    # 			 performance based on device hints exposed in
+    # 			 sysfs: the optimal_io_size. The chunk size is
+    # 			 always at least 512KiB.
+    # thin_pool_chunk_size_policy = "generic"
+
+    # Specify the minimal chunk size (in KB) for thin pool volumes.
+    # Use of the larger chunk size may improve performance for plain
+    # thin volumes, however using them for snapshot volumes is less efficient,
+    # as it consumes more space and takes extra time for copying.
+    # When unset, lvm tries to estimate chunk size starting from 64KB
+    # Supported values are in range from 64 to 1048576.
+    # thin_pool_chunk_size = 64
+
+    # Specify discards behaviour of the thin pool volume.
+    # Select one of  "ignore", "nopassdown", "passdown"
+    # thin_pool_discards = "passdown"
+
+    # Set to 0, to disable zeroing of thin pool data chunks before their
+    # first use.
+    # N.B. zeroing larger thin pool chunk size degrades performance.
+    # thin_pool_zero = 1
+}
+
+# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
+# information that LVM2 reports.
+log {
+
+    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
+    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
+    verbose = 0
+
+    # Set to 1 to suppress all non-essential messages from stdout.
+    # This has the same effect as -qq.
+    # When this is set, the following commands still produce output:
+    # dumpconfig, lvdisplay, lvmdiskscan, lvs, pvck, pvdisplay, 
+    # pvs, version, vgcfgrestore -l, vgdisplay, vgs.
+    # Non-essential messages are shifted from log level 4 to log level 5
+    # for syslog and lvm2_log_fn purposes.
+    # Any 'yes' or 'no' questions not overridden by other arguments
+    # are suppressed and default to 'no'.
+    silent = 0
+
+    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
+    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
+    syslog = 1
+
+    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
+    # By default there is no log file.
+    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
+
+    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
+    # By default we append.
+    overwrite = 0
+
+    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
+    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
+    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
+    level = 0
+
+    # Format of output messages
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
+    indent = 1
+
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
+    command_names = 0
+
+    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
+    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
+    # of each message.
+    prefix = "  "
+
+    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
+    #   indent = 0
+    #   command_names = 1
+    #   prefix = " -- "
+
+    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
+    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
+    # activation = 0
+
+    # Some debugging messages are assigned to a class and only appear
+    # in debug output if the class is listed here.
+    # Classes currently available:
+    #   memory, devices, activation, allocation, lvmetad, metadata, cache,
+    #   locking
+    # Use "all" to see everything.
+    debug_classes = [ "memory", "devices", "activation", "allocation",
+		      "lvmetad", "metadata", "cache", "locking" ]
+}
+
+# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
+# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
+# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
+# Backups are stored in a human readable text format.
+backup {
+
+    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # Think very hard before turning this off!
+    backup = 1
+
+    # Where shall we keep it ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
+
+    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
+    archive = 1
+
+    # Where should archived files go ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
+
+    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
+    retain_min = 10
+
+    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
+    retain_days = 30
+}
+
+# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
+shell {
+
+    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
+    history_size = 100
+}
+
+
+# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
+global {
+    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
+    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
+    umask = 077
+
+    # Allow other users to read the files
+    #umask = 022
+
+    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
+    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
+    # command.  Defaults to off.
+    test = 0
+
+    # Default value for --units argument
+    units = "h"
+
+    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
+    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
+    # KB, MB, GB).
+    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
+    # temporarily until you update them.
+    si_unit_consistency = 1
+
+    # Whether or not to display unit suffix for sizes. This setting has
+    # no effect if the units are in human-readable form (global/units="h")
+    # in which case the suffix is always displayed.
+    suffix = 1
+
+    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
+    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
+    # without activating any logical volumes.
+    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
+    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
+    activation = 1
+
+    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
+    # the LVM1 tools?
+    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
+    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
+    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
+    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
+    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
+    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
+    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
+
+    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
+    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
+    # Defaults to "lvm2".
+    # format = "lvm2"
+
+    # Location of proc filesystem
+    proc = "/proc"
+
+    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
+    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
+    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
+    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
+    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
+    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
+    # change metadata.
+    # Type 5 offers dummy locking for tools that do not need any locks.
+    # You should not need to set this directly: the tools will select when
+    # to use it instead of the configured locking_type.  Do not use lvmetad or
+    # the kernel device-mapper driver with this locking type.
+    # It is used by the --readonly option that offers read-only access to
+    # Volume Group metadata that cannot be locked safely because it belongs to
+    # an inaccessible domain and might be in use, for example a virtual machine
+    # image or a disk that is shared by a clustered machine.  
+    #
+    # N.B. Don't use lvmetad with locking type 3 as lvmetad is not yet
+    # supported in clustered environment. If use_lvmetad=1 and locking_type=3
+    # is set at the same time, LVM always issues a warning message about this
+    # and then it automatically disables lvmetad use.
+    locking_type = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
+    wait_for_locks = 1
+
+    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
+    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
+    # clustered locking.
+    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
+    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
+
+    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
+    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
+    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
+    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
+    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
+    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
+
+    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
+    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
+    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
+
+    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
+    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
+    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
+    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
+    # volume of read-only requests.
+    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
+    # locking.
+    prioritise_write_locks = 1
+
+    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
+    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
+    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
+    # Full pathnames can be given.
+
+    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
+    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
+
+    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
+    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
+
+    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
+    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
+    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
+
+    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
+    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
+    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
+    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
+
+    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
+    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
+    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
+    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
+    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
+    metadata_read_only = 0
+
+    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
+    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
+    #
+    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
+    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
+    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
+    #		 event of a failure.
+    #
+    #		 There is an inherent race in the dmeventd failure handling
+    #		 logic with snapshots of devices using this type of RAID1 that
+    #		 in the worst case could cause a deadlock.
+    #		   Ref: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=817130#c10
+    #
+    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
+    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
+    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
+    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
+    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
+    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
+    #		 This mirror implementation is not cluster-aware and cannot be
+    #		 used in a shared (active/active) fashion in a cluster.
+    #
+    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
+    # setting.
+    mirror_segtype_default = "raid1"
+
+    # 'raid10_segtype_default' determines the segment types used by default
+    # when the '--stripes/-i' and '--mirrors/-m' arguments are both specified
+    # during the creation of a logical volume.
+    # Possible settings include:
+    #
+    # "raid10" - This implementation leverages MD's RAID10 personality through
+    #            device-mapper.
+    #
+    # "mirror" - LVM will layer the 'mirror' and 'stripe' segment types.  It
+    #            will do this by creating a mirror on top of striped sub-LVs;
+    #            effectively creating a RAID 0+1 array.  This is suboptimal
+    #            in terms of providing redundancy and performance. Changing to
+    #            this setting is not advised.
+    # Specify the '--type <raid10|mirror>' option to override this default
+    # setting.
+    raid10_segtype_default = "raid10"
+
+    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
+    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
+    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
+    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
+    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
+    #
+    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
+
+    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
+    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
+    # *and* when lvmetad is running (automatically instantiated by making use of
+    # systemd's socket-based service activation or run as an initscripts service
+    # or run manually), the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained
+    # from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual
+    # commands. In a setup with lvmetad, lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for
+    # LVM to work correctly. Without proper udev rules, all changes in block
+    # device configuration will be *ignored* until a manual 'pvscan --cache'
+    # is performed. These rules are installed by default.
+    #
+    # If lvmetad has been running while use_lvmetad was 0, it MUST be stopped
+    # before changing use_lvmetad to 1 and started again afterwards.
+    #
+    # If using lvmetad, the volume activation is also switched to automatic
+    # event-based mode. In this mode, the volumes are activated based on
+    # incoming udev events that automatically inform lvmetad about new PVs
+    # that appear in the system. Once the VG is complete (all the PVs are
+    # present), it is auto-activated. The activation/auto_activation_volume_list
+    # setting controls which volumes are auto-activated (all by default).
+    #
+    # A note about device filtering while lvmetad is used:
+    # When lvmetad is updated (either automatically based on udev events
+    # or directly by pvscan --cache <device> call), the devices/filter
+    # is ignored and all devices are scanned by default. The lvmetad always
+    # keeps unfiltered information which is then provided to LVM commands
+    # and then each LVM command does the filtering based on devices/filter
+    # setting itself.
+    # To prevent scanning devices completely, even when using lvmetad,
+    # the devices/global_filter must be used.
+    # N.B. Don't use lvmetad with locking type 3 as lvmetad is not yet
+    # supported in clustered environment. If use_lvmetad=1 and locking_type=3
+    # is set at the same time, LVM always issues a warning message about this
+    # and then it automatically disables lvmetad use.
+    use_lvmetad = 0
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated or after it is deactivated
+    # this utility is executed. The activation will only proceed if the utility
+    # has an exit status of 0.
+    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
+    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+    #
+    # thin_check_executable = "/usr/sbin/thin_check"
+
+    # Array of string options passed with thin_check command. By default,
+    # option "-q" is for quiet output.
+    # With thin_check version 2.1 or newer you can add "--ignore-non-fatal-errors"
+    # to let it pass through ignorable errors and fix them later.
+    # With thin_check version 3.2 or newer you should add
+    # "--clear-needs-check-flag".
+    #
+    # thin_check_options = [ "-q", "--clear-needs-check-flag" ]
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to repair a thin metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a thin pool needs repair this utility is executed.
+    # See thin_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
+    #
+    # thin_repair_executable = "/usr/sbin/thin_repair"
+
+    # Array of extra string options passed with thin_repair command.
+    # thin_repair_options = [ "" ]
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to dump thin metadata content.
+    # See thin_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
+    #
+    # thin_dump_executable = "/usr/sbin/thin_dump"
+
+    # If set, given features are not used by thin driver.
+    # This can be helpful not just for testing, but i.e. allows to avoid
+    # using problematic implementation of some thin feature.
+    # Features:
+    #   block_size
+    #   discards
+    #   discards_non_power_2
+    #   external_origin
+    #   metadata_resize
+    #   external_origin_extend
+    #
+    # thin_disabled_features = [ "discards", "block_size" ]
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to check that a cache metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a cached LV needs to be used or after it is deactivated
+    # this utility is executed. The activation will only proceed if the utility
+    # has an exit status of 0.
+    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
+    # The cache tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+    #
+    # cache_check_executable = "/usr/sbin/cache_check"
+
+    # Array of string options passed with cache_check command. By default,
+    # option "-q" is for quiet output.
+    #
+    # cache_check_options = [ "-q" ]
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to repair a cache metadata device.
+    # Each time a cache metadata needs repair this utility is executed.
+    # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
+    #
+    # cache_repair_executable = "/usr/sbin/cache_repair"
+
+    # Array of extra string options passed with cache_repair command.
+    # cache_repair_options = [ "" ]
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to dump cache metadata content.
+    # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
+    #
+    # cache_dump_executable = "/usr/sbin/cache_dump"
+}
+
+activation {
+    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
+    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
+    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
+    # only when there seems to be a problem.
+    checks = 0
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
+    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
+    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
+    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
+    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
+    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
+    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
+    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
+    udev_sync = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
+    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
+    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
+    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
+    # while any logical volumes are active.
+    udev_rules = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
+    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
+    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
+    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
+    verify_udev_operations = 0
+
+    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
+    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
+    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
+    retry_deactivation = 1
+
+    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
+    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
+    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
+    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
+    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
+    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
+    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
+
+    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
+    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
+    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
+    use_linear_target = 1
+
+    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
+    reserved_stack = 64
+
+    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    reserved_memory = 8192
+
+    # Nice value used while devices suspended
+    process_priority = -18
+
+    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
+    # match against the list.
+    #
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # If any host tags exist but volume_list is not defined, a default
+    # single-entry list containing "@*" is assumed.
+    #
+    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # If auto_activation_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be
+    # activated with the autoactivation option (--activate ay/-a ay) is
+    # first checked against the list. There are two scenarios in which
+    # the autoactivation option is used:
+    #
+    #   - automatic activation of volumes based on incoming PVs. If all the
+    #     PVs making up a VG are present in the system, the autoactivation
+    #     is triggered. This requires lvmetad (global/use_lvmetad=1) and udev
+    #     to be running. In this case, "pvscan --cache -aay" is called
+    #     automatically without any user intervention while processing
+    #     udev events. Please, make sure you define auto_activation_volume_list
+    #     properly so only the volumes you want and expect are autoactivated.
+    #
+    #   - direct activation on command line with the autoactivation option.
+    #     In this case, the user calls "vgchange --activate ay/-a ay" or
+    #     "lvchange --activate ay/-a ay" directly.
+    #
+    # By default, the auto_activation_volume_list is not defined and all
+    # volumes will be activated either automatically or by using --activate ay/-a ay.
+    #
+    # N.B. The "activation/volume_list" is still honoured in all cases so even
+    # if the VG/LV passes the auto_activation_volume_list, it still needs to
+    # pass the volume_list for it to be activated in the end.
+
+    # If auto_activation_volume_list is defined but empty, no volumes will be
+    # activated automatically and --activate ay/-a ay will do nothing.
+    #
+    # auto_activation_volume_list = []
+
+    # If auto_activation_volume_list is defined and it's not empty, only matching
+    # volumes will be activated either automatically or by using --activate ay/-a ay.
+    #
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # auto_activation_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
+    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
+    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
+    # metadata.)
+    #
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # Each LV can have an 'activation skip' flag stored persistently against it.
+    # During activation, this flag is used to decide whether such an LV is skipped.
+    # The 'activation skip' flag can be set during LV creation and by default it
+    # is automatically set for thin snapshot LVs. The 'auto_set_activation_skip'
+    # enables or disables this automatic setting of the flag while LVs are created.
+    # auto_set_activation_skip = 1
+
+    # For RAID or 'mirror' segment types, 'raid_region_size' is the
+    # size (in KiB) of each:
+    # - synchronization operation when initializing
+    # - each copy operation when performing a 'pvmove' (using 'mirror' segtype)
+    # This setting has replaced 'mirror_region_size' since version 2.02.99
+    raid_region_size = 512
+
+    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
+    #
+    # "none" - Disable readahead.
+    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
+    readahead = "auto"
+
+    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
+    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
+    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
+    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
+    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
+    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
+    #
+    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
+    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
+    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
+    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
+    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
+    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
+    #		  usable.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
+    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
+    #
+    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
+
+    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
+    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
+    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
+    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
+    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
+    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
+    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
+    # --use-policies is given.
+    #
+    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
+    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
+    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
+    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
+    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
+    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
+    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
+    #            copy.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
+    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
+    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
+    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
+    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
+    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
+    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
+    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
+    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
+    #
+    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
+    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
+    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
+    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
+    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
+    #            be allocated for the replacement.
+
+    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
+    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
+
+    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
+    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
+    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
+    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
+    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
+    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
+    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
+    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
+    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
+    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
+    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
+
+    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
+    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
+    # devices.
+    use_mlockall = 0
+
+    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
+    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
+    monitoring = 1
+
+    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
+    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
+    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
+    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
+    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
+    # operation is complete.
+    polling_interval = 15
+
+    # 'activation_mode' determines how Logical Volumes are activated if
+    # any devices are missing.  Possible settings are:
+    #
+    #	"complete" -  Only allow activation of an LV if all of the Physical
+    #		      Volumes it uses are present.  Other PVs in the Volume
+    #		      Group may be missing.
+    #
+    #	"degraded" -  Like "complete", but additionally RAID Logical Volumes of
+    #		      segment type raid1, raid4, raid5, radid6 and raid10 will
+    #		      be activated if there is no data loss, i.e. they have
+    #		      sufficient redundancy to present the entire addressable
+    #		      range of the Logical Volume.
+    #
+    #	"partial"  -  Allows the activation of any Logical Volume even if
+    #		      a missing or failed PV could cause data loss with a
+    #		      portion of the Logical Volume inaccessible.
+    #		      This setting should not normally be used, but may
+    #		      sometimes assist with data recovery.
+    #
+    # This setting was introduced in LVM version 2.02.108.  It corresponds
+    # with the '--activationmode' option for lvchange and vgchange.
+    activation_mode = "degraded"
+}
+
+# Report settings.
+#
+# report {
+    # Align columns on report output.
+    # aligned=1
+
+    # When buffered reporting is used, the report's content is appended
+    # incrementally to include each object being reported until the report
+    # is flushed to output which normally happens at the end of command
+    # execution. Otherwise, if buffering is not used, each object is
+    # reported as soon as its processing is finished.
+    # buffered=1
+
+    # Show headings for columns on report.
+    # headings=1
+
+    # A separator to use on report after each field.
+    # separator=" "
+
+    # A separator to use for list items when reported.
+    # list_item_separator=","
+
+    # Use a field name prefix for each field reported.
+    # prefixes=0
+
+    # Quote field values when using field name prefixes.
+    # quoted=1
+
+    # Output each column as a row. If set, this also implies report/prefixes=1.
+    # colums_as_rows=0
+
+    # Use binary values "0" or "1" instead of descriptive literal values for
+    # columns that have exactly two valid values to report (not counting the
+    # "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
+    #
+    # binary_values_as_numeric = 0
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvm devtypes' command.
+    # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # devtypes_sort="devtype_name"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command.
+    # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # devtypes_cols="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command in verbose mode.
+    # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # devtypes_cols_verbose="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs' command.
+    # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # lvs_sort="vg_name,lv_name"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command.
+    # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # lvs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,lv_size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,mirror_log,copy_percent,convert_lv"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command in verbose mode.
+    # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # lvs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,seg_count,lv_attr,lv_size,lv_major,lv_minor,lv_kernel_major,lv_kernel_minor,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,copy_percent,mirror_log,convert
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'vgs' command.
+    # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # vgs_sort="vg_name"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command.
+    # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # vgs_cols="vg_name,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_attr,vg_size,vg_free"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command in verbose mode.
+    # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # vgs_cols_verbose="vg_name,vg_attr,vg_extent_size,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_size,vg_free,vg_uuid,vg_profile"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs' command.
+    # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # pvs_sort="pv_name"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command.
+    # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # pvs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command in verbose mode.
+    # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # pvs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,dev_size,pv_uuid"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs --segments' command.
+    # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # segs_sort="vg_name,lv_name,seg_start"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command.
+    # See 'lvs --segments  -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # segs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,stripes,segtype,seg_size"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command in verbose mode.
+    # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # segs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,seg_start,seg_size,stripes,segtype,stripesize,chunksize"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command.
+    # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # pvsegs_sort="pv_name,pvseg_start"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command.
+    # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # pvsegs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size"
+
+    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command in verbose mode.
+    # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
+    # pvsegs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size,lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype,seg_pe_ranges"
+#}
+
+####################
+# Advanced section #
+####################
+
+# Metadata settings
+#
+# metadata {
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
+    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
+    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
+    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
+
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
+    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
+    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
+    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
+    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
+    # metadata is stored in them all.
+    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
+    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
+    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
+    # --metadataignore y/n'.
+
+    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
+
+    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
+    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
+    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
+
+    # pvmetadatasize = 255
+
+    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
+    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
+    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
+    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
+    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
+    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
+    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
+    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
+    #
+    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
+    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
+    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
+
+    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
+#}
+
+# Event daemon
+#
+dmeventd {
+    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
+    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
+    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
+    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
+
+    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
+
+    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
+    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
+
+    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
+
+    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
+    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the pool is filled.
+
+    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
+
+    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
+    #
+    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
+}
diff --git a/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..015541c76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
+# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
+# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
+#
+# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
+# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
+#
+# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
+# example settings in this file.
+
+
+# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
+# be used by the LVM system.
+devices {
+
+    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
+    dir = "/dev"
+
+    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
+    # to use with LVM2.
+    scan = [ "/dev" ]
+
+    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
+    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
+    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
+    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
+    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
+    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
+    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
+    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
+    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
+
+    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
+    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
+    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
+    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
+    preferred_names = [ ]
+
+    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
+    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+
+    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
+    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
+    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
+    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
+    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
+    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
+    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
+
+    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
+    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
+    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
+    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
+    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
+    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
+    # accepted.
+
+    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
+
+    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
+    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
+    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
+
+    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # By default we accept every block device:
+    # filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
+
+    # Exclude the cdrom drive
+    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
+
+    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
+    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
+    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
+
+    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
+    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
+    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
+    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
+    # in a file called '.cache'.
+    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
+    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
+    # these new ones is present.)
+    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
+    cache_file_prefix = ""
+
+    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
+    write_cache_state = 1
+
+    # Advanced settings.
+
+    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
+    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
+    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
+
+    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
+    # the block devices it believes are valid.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    sysfs_scan = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
+    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    multipath_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
+    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
+    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_chunk_alignment = 1
+
+    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
+    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
+    # default_data_alignment = 1
+
+    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
+    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
+    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
+    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
+    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
+    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
+    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
+    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
+    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_detection = 1
+
+    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
+    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
+    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
+    # or page size, if larger.
+    data_alignment = 0
+
+    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
+    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
+    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
+    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
+    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
+    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
+    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
+
+    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
+    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
+    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
+    # in recovery situations.
+    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+
+    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
+    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
+    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
+    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
+    disable_after_error_count = 0
+
+    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
+    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
+
+    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
+    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
+    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
+
+    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
+    pv_min_size = 2048
+
+    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
+    # pv_min_size = 512
+
+    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
+    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
+    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
+    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
+    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
+    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
+    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
+    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
+    # support.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    issue_discards = 0
+}
+
+# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
+# free space for its Logical Volumes.
+#allocation {
+#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
+#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
+#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
+#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
+#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
+#    between existing extents and new extents.
+#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
+#    
+#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
+#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
+#    they are situated.
+#
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
+#
+#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
+#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
+#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
+#    algorithm.
+#
+#    maximise_cling = 1
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
+#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
+#    until version 2.02.85.
+#
+#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
+#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
+#
+#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#}
+
+# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
+# information that LVM2 reports.
+log {
+
+    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
+    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
+    verbose = 0
+
+    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
+    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
+    syslog = 1
+
+    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
+    # By default there is no log file.
+    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
+
+    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
+    # By default we append.
+    overwrite = 0
+
+    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
+    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
+    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
+    level = 0
+
+    # Format of output messages
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
+    indent = 1
+
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
+    command_names = 0
+
+    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
+    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
+    # of each message.
+    prefix = "  "
+
+    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
+    #   indent = 0
+    #   command_names = 1
+    #   prefix = " -- "
+
+    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
+    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
+    # activation = 0
+}
+
+# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
+# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
+# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
+# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
+backup {
+
+    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # Think very hard before turning this off!
+    backup = 1
+
+    # Where shall we keep it ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
+
+    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
+    archive = 1
+
+    # Where should archived files go ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
+
+    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
+    retain_min = 10
+
+    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
+    retain_days = 30
+}
+
+# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
+shell {
+
+    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
+    history_size = 100
+}
+
+
+# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
+global {
+
+    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
+    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
+    umask = 077
+
+    # Allow other users to read the files
+    #umask = 022
+
+    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
+    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
+    # command.  Defaults to off.
+    test = 0
+
+    # Default value for --units argument
+    units = "h"
+
+    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
+    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
+    # KB, MB, GB).
+    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
+    # temporarily until you update them.
+    si_unit_consistency = 1
+
+    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
+    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
+    # without activating any logical volumes.
+    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
+    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
+    activation = 1
+
+    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
+    # the LVM1 tools?
+    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
+    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
+    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
+    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
+    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
+    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
+    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
+
+    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
+    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
+    # Defaults to "lvm2".
+    # format = "lvm2"
+
+    # Location of proc filesystem
+    proc = "/proc"
+
+    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
+    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
+    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
+    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
+    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
+    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
+    # change metadata.
+    locking_type = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
+    wait_for_locks = 1
+
+    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
+    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
+    # clustered locking.
+    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
+    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
+
+    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
+    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
+    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
+    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
+    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
+    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
+
+    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
+    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
+    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
+
+    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
+    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
+    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
+    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
+    # volume of read-only requests.
+    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
+    # locking.
+    prioritise_write_locks = 1
+
+    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
+    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
+    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
+    # Full pathnames can be given.
+
+    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
+    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
+
+    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
+    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
+
+    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
+    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
+    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
+
+    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
+    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
+    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
+    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
+
+    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
+    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
+    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
+    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
+    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
+    metadata_read_only = 0
+
+    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
+    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
+    #
+    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
+    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
+    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
+    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
+    #		 problematic.
+    #
+    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
+    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
+    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
+    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
+    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
+    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
+    #
+    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
+    # setting.
+    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
+
+    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
+    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
+    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
+    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
+    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
+    #
+    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
+
+    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
+    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
+    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
+    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
+    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
+    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
+    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
+    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
+    use_lvmetad = 0
+}
+
+activation {
+    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
+    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
+    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
+    # only when there seems to be a problem.
+    checks = 0
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
+    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
+    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
+    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
+    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
+    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
+    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
+    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
+    udev_sync = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
+    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
+    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
+    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
+    # while any logical volumes are active.
+    udev_rules = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
+    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
+    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
+    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
+    verify_udev_operations = 0
+
+    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
+    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
+    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
+    retry_deactivation = 1
+
+    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
+    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
+    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
+    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
+    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
+    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
+    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
+
+    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
+    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
+    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
+    use_linear_target = 1
+
+    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
+    reserved_stack = 64
+
+    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    reserved_memory = 8192
+
+    # Nice value used while devices suspended
+    process_priority = -18
+
+    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
+    # match against the list.
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
+    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
+    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
+    # metadata.)
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
+    mirror_region_size = 512
+
+    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
+    #
+    # "none" - Disable readahead.
+    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
+    readahead = "auto"
+
+    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
+    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
+    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
+    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
+    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
+    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
+    #
+    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
+    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
+    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
+    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
+    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
+    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
+    #		  usable.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
+    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
+    #
+    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
+
+    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
+    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
+    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
+    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
+    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
+    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
+    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
+    # --use-policies is given.
+    #
+    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
+    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
+    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
+    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
+    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
+    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
+    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
+    #            copy.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
+    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
+    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
+    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
+    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
+    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
+    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
+    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
+    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
+    #
+    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
+    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
+    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
+    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
+    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
+    #            be allocated for the replacement.
+
+    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
+    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
+
+    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
+    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
+    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
+    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
+    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
+    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+    #
+    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
+
+    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
+    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
+    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
+    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
+    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
+    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
+    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
+    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
+    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
+
+    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
+    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
+    # devices.
+    use_mlockall = 0
+
+    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
+    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
+    monitoring = 0
+
+    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
+    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
+    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
+    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
+    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
+    # operation is complete.
+    polling_interval = 15
+}
+
+
+####################
+# Advanced section #
+####################
+
+# Metadata settings
+#
+# metadata {
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
+    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
+    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
+    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
+
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
+    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
+    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
+    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
+    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
+    # metadata is stored in them all.
+    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
+    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
+    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
+    # --metadataignore y/n'.
+
+    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
+
+    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
+    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
+    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
+
+    # pvmetadatasize = 255
+
+    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
+    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
+    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
+    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
+    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
+    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
+    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
+    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
+    #
+    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
+    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
+    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
+
+    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
+#}
+
+# Event daemon
+#
+dmeventd {
+    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
+    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
+    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
+    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
+
+    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
+
+    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
+    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
+
+    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
+
+    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
+    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the pool is filled.
+
+    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
+
+    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
+    #
+    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
+}
diff --git a/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2b07c8e08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/modules/dsa_lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
+# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
+# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
+#
+# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
+#
+# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
+# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
+#
+# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
+# example settings in this file.
+
+
+# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
+# be used by the LVM system.
+devices {
+
+    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
+    dir = "/dev"
+
+    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
+    # to use with LVM2.
+    scan = [ "/dev" ]
+
+    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
+    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
+    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
+    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
+    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
+    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
+    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
+    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
+    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
+
+    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
+    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
+    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
+    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
+    preferred_names = [ ]
+
+    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
+    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
+
+    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
+    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
+    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
+    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
+    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
+    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
+    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
+
+    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
+    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
+    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
+    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
+    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
+    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
+    # accepted.
+
+    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
+
+    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
+    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
+    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
+
+    filter = [ "a|^/dev/cciss/.*$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # By default we accept every block device:
+    # filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
+
+    # Exclude the cdrom drive
+    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
+
+    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
+    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
+    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
+
+    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
+    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
+
+    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
+    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
+    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
+    # in a file called '.cache'.
+    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
+    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
+    # these new ones is present.)
+    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
+    cache_file_prefix = ""
+
+    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
+    write_cache_state = 1
+
+    # Advanced settings.
+
+    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
+    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
+    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
+
+    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
+    # the block devices it believes are valid.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    sysfs_scan = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
+    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    multipath_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
+    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_component_detection = 1
+
+    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
+    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    md_chunk_alignment = 1
+
+    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
+    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
+    # default_data_alignment = 1
+
+    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
+    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
+    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
+    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
+    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
+    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
+    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
+    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
+    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_detection = 1
+
+    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
+    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
+    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
+    # or page size, if larger.
+    data_alignment = 0
+
+    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
+    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
+    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
+    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
+    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
+    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
+    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
+
+    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
+    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
+    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
+    # in recovery situations.
+    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
+
+    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
+    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
+    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
+    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
+    disable_after_error_count = 0
+
+    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
+    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
+
+    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
+    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
+    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
+
+    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
+    pv_min_size = 2048
+
+    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
+    # pv_min_size = 512
+
+    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
+    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
+    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
+    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
+    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
+    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
+    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
+    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
+    # support.
+    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
+    issue_discards = 0
+}
+
+# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
+# free space for its Logical Volumes.
+#allocation {
+#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
+#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
+#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
+#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
+#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
+#    between existing extents and new extents.
+#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
+#    
+#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
+#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
+#    they are situated.
+#
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
+#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
+#
+#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
+#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
+#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
+#    algorithm.
+#
+#    maximise_cling = 1
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
+#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
+#    until version 2.02.85.
+#
+#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#
+#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
+#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
+#
+#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
+#}
+
+# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
+# information that LVM2 reports.
+log {
+
+    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
+    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
+    verbose = 0
+
+    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
+    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
+    syslog = 1
+
+    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
+    # By default there is no log file.
+    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
+
+    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
+    # By default we append.
+    overwrite = 0
+
+    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
+    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
+    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
+    level = 0
+
+    # Format of output messages
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
+    indent = 1
+
+    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
+    command_names = 0
+
+    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
+    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
+    # of each message.
+    prefix = "  "
+
+    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
+    #   indent = 0
+    #   command_names = 1
+    #   prefix = " -- "
+
+    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
+    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
+    # activation = 0
+}
+
+# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
+# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
+# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
+# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
+backup {
+
+    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # Think very hard before turning this off!
+    backup = 1
+
+    # Where shall we keep it ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
+
+    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
+    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
+    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
+    archive = 1
+
+    # Where should archived files go ?
+    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
+    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
+
+    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
+    retain_min = 10
+
+    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
+    retain_days = 30
+}
+
+# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
+shell {
+
+    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
+    history_size = 100
+}
+
+
+# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
+global {
+
+    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
+    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
+    umask = 077
+
+    # Allow other users to read the files
+    #umask = 022
+
+    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
+    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
+    # command.  Defaults to off.
+    test = 0
+
+    # Default value for --units argument
+    units = "h"
+
+    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
+    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
+    # KB, MB, GB).
+    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
+    # temporarily until you update them.
+    si_unit_consistency = 1
+
+    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
+    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
+    # without activating any logical volumes.
+    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
+    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
+    activation = 1
+
+    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
+    # the LVM1 tools?
+    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
+    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
+    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
+    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
+    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
+    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
+    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
+
+    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
+    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
+    # Defaults to "lvm2".
+    # format = "lvm2"
+
+    # Location of proc filesystem
+    proc = "/proc"
+
+    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
+    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
+    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
+    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
+    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
+    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
+    # change metadata.
+    locking_type = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
+    wait_for_locks = 1
+
+    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
+    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
+    # clustered locking.
+    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
+    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
+
+    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
+    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
+    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
+    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
+    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
+    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
+
+    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
+    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
+    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
+
+    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
+    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
+    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
+    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
+    # volume of read-only requests.
+    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
+    # locking.
+    prioritise_write_locks = 1
+
+    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
+    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
+    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
+    # Full pathnames can be given.
+
+    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
+    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
+
+    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
+    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
+
+    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
+    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
+    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
+
+    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
+    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
+    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
+    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
+
+    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
+    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
+    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
+    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
+    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
+    metadata_read_only = 0
+
+    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
+    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
+    #
+    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
+    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
+    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
+    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
+    #		 problematic.
+    #
+    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
+    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
+    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
+    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
+    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
+    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
+    #
+    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
+    # setting.
+    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
+
+    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
+    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
+    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
+    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
+    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
+    #
+    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
+
+    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
+    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
+    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
+    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
+    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
+    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
+    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
+    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
+    use_lvmetad = 0
+}
+
+activation {
+    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
+    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
+    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
+    # only when there seems to be a problem.
+    checks = 0
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
+    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
+    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
+    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
+    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
+    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
+    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
+    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
+    udev_sync = 1
+
+    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
+    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
+    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
+    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
+    # while any logical volumes are active.
+    udev_rules = 1
+
+    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
+    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
+    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
+    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
+    verify_udev_operations = 0
+
+    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
+    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
+    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
+    retry_deactivation = 1
+
+    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
+    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
+    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
+    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
+    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
+    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
+    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
+
+    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
+    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
+    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
+    use_linear_target = 1
+
+    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
+    reserved_stack = 64
+
+    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
+    reserved_memory = 8192
+
+    # Nice value used while devices suspended
+    process_priority = -18
+
+    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
+    # match against the list.
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
+    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
+    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
+    # metadata.)
+    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
+    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
+    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
+    #
+    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
+
+    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
+    mirror_region_size = 512
+
+    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
+    #
+    # "none" - Disable readahead.
+    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
+    readahead = "auto"
+
+    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
+    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
+    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
+    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
+    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
+    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
+    #
+    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
+    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
+    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
+    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
+    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
+    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
+    #		  usable.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
+    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
+    #
+    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
+
+    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
+    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
+    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
+    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
+    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
+    #
+    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
+    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
+    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
+    # --use-policies is given.
+    #
+    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
+    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
+    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
+    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
+    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
+    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
+    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
+    #            copy.
+    #
+    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
+    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
+    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
+    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
+    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
+    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
+    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
+    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
+    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
+    #
+    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
+    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
+    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
+    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
+    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
+    #            be allocated for the replacement.
+
+    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
+    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
+
+    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
+    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
+    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
+    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
+    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
+    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
+    #
+    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
+    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
+    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
+    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
+    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
+    #
+    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
+    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
+    # as 50).
+
+    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
+    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
+
+    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
+    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
+    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
+    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
+    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
+    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
+    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
+    #
+    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
+
+    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
+    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
+    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
+    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
+    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
+    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
+    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
+    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
+    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
+
+    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
+    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
+    # devices.
+    use_mlockall = 0
+
+    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
+    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
+    monitoring = 0
+
+    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
+    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
+    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
+    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
+    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
+    # operation is complete.
+    polling_interval = 15
+}
+
+
+####################
+# Advanced section #
+####################
+
+# Metadata settings
+#
+# metadata {
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
+    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
+    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
+
+    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
+
+    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
+    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
+    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
+    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
+    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
+    # metadata is stored in them all.
+    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
+    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
+    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
+    # --metadataignore y/n'.
+
+    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
+
+    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
+    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
+    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
+
+    # pvmetadatasize = 255
+
+    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
+    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
+    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
+    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
+    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
+    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
+    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
+    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
+    #
+    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
+    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
+    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
+
+    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
+#}
+
+# Event daemon
+#
+dmeventd {
+    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
+    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
+    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
+    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
+
+    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
+
+    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
+    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
+
+    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
+
+    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
+    #
+    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
+    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
+    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
+    # 95% of the pool is filled.
+
+    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
+
+    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
+    #
+    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
+}
diff --git a/modules/dsa_lvm/manifests/init.pp b/modules/dsa_lvm/manifests/init.pp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..345e411e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/modules/dsa_lvm/manifests/init.pp
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+class dsa_lvm {
+	case $::hostname {
+		ubc-bl8,ubc-bl4: {
+			$conffile = 'lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf'
+		}
+		ubc-bl3,ubc-bl7,ubc-bl2,ubc-bl6: {
+			$conffile = 'lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf'
+		}
+		csail-node01,csail-node02: {
+			$conffile = 'lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf'
+		}
+		grnet-node01,grnet-node02: {
+			$conffile = 'lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf'
+		}
+		bm-bl1,bm-bl2,bm-bl3,bm-bl4,bm-bl5,bm-bl6,bm-bl7,bm-bl8,bm-bl9,bm-bl10,bm-bl11,bm-bl12: {
+			$conffile = 'lvm-bm-blades.conf'
+		}
+		prokofiev: {
+			$conffile = 'lvm-prokofiev.conf'
+		}
+		default: {
+			$conffile = ''
+		}
+	}
+
+	if $conffile != '' {
+		package { 'lvm2':
+			ensure => installed,
+		}
+
+		file { '/etc/lvm/lvm.conf':
+			source  => "puppet:///modules/dsa_lvm/$conffile",
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-bm-blades.conf b/modules/lvm/files/lvm-bm-blades.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0821f0059..000000000
--- a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-bm-blades.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,773 +0,0 @@
-# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
-# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
-# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
-#
-# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
-#
-# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
-# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
-#
-# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
-# example settings in this file.
-
-
-# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
-# be used by the LVM system.
-devices {
-
-    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
-    dir = "/dev"
-
-    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
-    # to use with LVM2.
-    scan = [ "/dev" ]
-
-    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
-    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
-    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
-    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
-    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
-    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
-    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
-    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
-    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
-
-    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
-    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
-    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
-    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
-    preferred_names = [ ]
-
-    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
-    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
-
-    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
-    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
-    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
-    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
-    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
-    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
-    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
-
-    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
-    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
-    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
-    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
-    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
-    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
-    # accepted.
-
-    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
-
-    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
-    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
-    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
-
-
-    # By default we accept every block device:
-    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Exclude the cdrom drive
-    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
-
-    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
-    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
-    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
-
-    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
-    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
-    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
-    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
-    # in a file called '.cache'.
-    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
-    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
-    # these new ones is present.)
-    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
-    cache_file_prefix = ""
-
-    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
-    write_cache_state = 1
-
-    # Advanced settings.
-
-    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
-    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
-    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
-
-    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
-    # the block devices it believes are valid.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    sysfs_scan = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
-    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    multipath_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
-    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
-    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_chunk_alignment = 1
-
-    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
-    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
-    # default_data_alignment = 1
-
-    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
-    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
-    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
-    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
-    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
-    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
-    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
-    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
-    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_detection = 1
-
-    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
-    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
-    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
-    # or page size, if larger.
-    data_alignment = 0
-
-    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
-    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
-    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
-    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
-    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
-    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
-    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
-
-    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
-    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
-    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
-    # in recovery situations.
-    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
-
-    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
-    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
-    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
-    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
-    disable_after_error_count = 0
-
-    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
-    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
-
-    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
-    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
-    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
-
-    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
-    pv_min_size = 2048
-
-    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
-    # pv_min_size = 512
-
-    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
-    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
-    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
-    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
-    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
-    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
-    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
-    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
-    # support.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    issue_discards = 0
-}
-
-# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
-# free space for its Logical Volumes.
-#allocation {
-#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
-#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
-#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
-#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
-#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
-#    between existing extents and new extents.
-#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
-#    
-#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
-#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
-#    they are situated.
-#
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
-#
-#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
-#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
-#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
-#    algorithm.
-#
-#    maximise_cling = 1
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
-#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
-#    until version 2.02.85.
-#
-#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
-#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
-#
-#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#}
-
-# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
-# information that LVM2 reports.
-log {
-
-    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
-    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
-    verbose = 0
-
-    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
-    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
-    syslog = 1
-
-    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
-    # By default there is no log file.
-    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
-
-    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
-    # By default we append.
-    overwrite = 0
-
-    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
-    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
-    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
-    level = 0
-
-    # Format of output messages
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
-    indent = 1
-
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
-    command_names = 0
-
-    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
-    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
-    # of each message.
-    prefix = "  "
-
-    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
-    #   indent = 0
-    #   command_names = 1
-    #   prefix = " -- "
-
-    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
-    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
-    # activation = 0
-}
-
-# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
-# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
-# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
-# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
-backup {
-
-    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # Think very hard before turning this off!
-    backup = 1
-
-    # Where shall we keep it ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
-
-    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
-    archive = 1
-
-    # Where should archived files go ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
-
-    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
-    retain_min = 10
-
-    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
-    retain_days = 30
-}
-
-# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
-shell {
-
-    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
-    history_size = 100
-}
-
-
-# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
-global {
-
-    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
-    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
-    umask = 077
-
-    # Allow other users to read the files
-    #umask = 022
-
-    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
-    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
-    # command.  Defaults to off.
-    test = 0
-
-    # Default value for --units argument
-    units = "h"
-
-    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
-    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
-    # KB, MB, GB).
-    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
-    # temporarily until you update them.
-    si_unit_consistency = 1
-
-    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
-    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
-    # without activating any logical volumes.
-    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
-    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
-    activation = 1
-
-    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
-    # the LVM1 tools?
-    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
-    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
-    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
-    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
-    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
-    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
-    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
-
-    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
-    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
-    # Defaults to "lvm2".
-    # format = "lvm2"
-
-    # Location of proc filesystem
-    proc = "/proc"
-
-    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
-    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
-    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
-    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
-    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
-    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
-    # change metadata.
-    locking_type = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
-    wait_for_locks = 1
-
-    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
-    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
-    # clustered locking.
-    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
-    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
-
-    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
-    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
-    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
-    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
-    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
-    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
-
-    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
-    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
-    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
-
-    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
-    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
-    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
-    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
-    # volume of read-only requests.
-    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
-    # locking.
-    prioritise_write_locks = 1
-
-    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
-    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
-    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
-    # Full pathnames can be given.
-
-    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
-    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
-
-    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
-    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
-
-    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
-    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
-    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
-
-    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
-    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
-    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
-    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
-
-    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
-    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
-    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
-    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
-    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
-    metadata_read_only = 0
-
-    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
-    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
-    #
-    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
-    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
-    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
-    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
-    #		 problematic.
-    #
-    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
-    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
-    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
-    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
-    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
-    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
-    #
-    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
-    # setting.
-    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
-
-    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
-    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
-    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
-    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
-    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
-    #
-    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
-
-    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
-    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
-    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
-    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
-    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
-    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
-    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
-    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
-    use_lvmetad = 0
-}
-
-activation {
-    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
-    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
-    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
-    # only when there seems to be a problem.
-    checks = 0
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
-    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
-    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
-    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
-    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
-    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
-    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
-    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
-    udev_sync = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
-    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
-    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
-    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
-    # while any logical volumes are active.
-    udev_rules = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
-    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
-    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
-    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
-    verify_udev_operations = 0
-
-    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
-    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
-    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
-    retry_deactivation = 1
-
-    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
-    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
-    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
-    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
-    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
-    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
-    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
-
-    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
-    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
-    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
-    use_linear_target = 1
-
-    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
-    reserved_stack = 64
-
-    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    reserved_memory = 8192
-
-    # Nice value used while devices suspended
-    process_priority = -18
-
-    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
-    # match against the list.
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
-    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
-    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
-    # metadata.)
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
-    mirror_region_size = 512
-
-    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
-    #
-    # "none" - Disable readahead.
-    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
-    readahead = "auto"
-
-    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
-    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
-    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
-    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
-    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
-    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
-    #
-    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
-    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
-    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
-    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
-    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
-    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
-    #		  usable.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
-    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
-    #
-    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
-
-    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
-    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
-    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
-    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
-    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
-    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
-    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
-    # --use-policies is given.
-    #
-    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
-    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
-    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
-    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
-    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
-    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
-    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
-    #            copy.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
-    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
-    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
-    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
-    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
-    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
-    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
-    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
-    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
-    #
-    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
-    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
-    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
-    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
-    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
-    #            be allocated for the replacement.
-
-    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
-    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
-
-    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
-    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
-    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
-    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
-    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
-    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
-    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
-    #
-    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
-
-    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
-    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
-    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
-    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
-    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
-    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
-    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
-    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
-    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
-
-    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
-    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
-    # devices.
-    use_mlockall = 0
-
-    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
-    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
-    monitoring = 0
-
-    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
-    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
-    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
-    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
-    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
-    # operation is complete.
-    polling_interval = 15
-}
-
-
-####################
-# Advanced section #
-####################
-
-# Metadata settings
-#
-# metadata {
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
-    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
-    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
-
-    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
-
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
-    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
-    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
-    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
-    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
-    # metadata is stored in them all.
-    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
-    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
-    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
-    # --metadataignore y/n'.
-
-    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
-
-    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
-    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
-    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
-
-    # pvmetadatasize = 255
-
-    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
-    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
-    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
-    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
-    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
-    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
-    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
-    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
-    #
-    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
-    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
-    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
-
-    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
-#}
-
-# Event daemon
-#
-dmeventd {
-    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
-    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
-    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
-    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
-
-    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
-
-    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
-    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
-
-    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
-
-    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
-    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the pool is filled.
-
-    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
-
-    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
-    #
-    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
-}
diff --git a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf b/modules/lvm/files/lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ebe7a968..000000000
--- a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,774 +0,0 @@
-# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
-# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
-# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
-#
-# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
-#
-# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
-# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
-#
-# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
-# example settings in this file.
-
-
-# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
-# be used by the LVM system.
-devices {
-
-    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
-    dir = "/dev"
-
-    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
-    # to use with LVM2.
-    scan = [ "/dev" ]
-
-    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
-    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
-    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
-    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
-    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
-    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
-    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
-    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
-    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
-
-    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
-    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
-    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
-    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
-    preferred_names = [ ]
-
-    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
-    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
-
-    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
-    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
-    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
-    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
-    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
-    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
-    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
-
-    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
-    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
-    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
-    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
-    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
-    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
-    # accepted.
-
-    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
-
-    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
-    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
-    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
-
-
-    # By default we accept every block device:
-    #filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
-    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Exclude the cdrom drive
-    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
-
-    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
-    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
-    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
-
-    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
-    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
-    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
-    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
-    # in a file called '.cache'.
-    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
-    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
-    # these new ones is present.)
-    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
-    cache_file_prefix = ""
-
-    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
-    write_cache_state = 1
-
-    # Advanced settings.
-
-    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
-    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
-    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
-
-    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
-    # the block devices it believes are valid.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    sysfs_scan = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
-    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    multipath_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
-    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
-    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_chunk_alignment = 1
-
-    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
-    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
-    # default_data_alignment = 1
-
-    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
-    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
-    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
-    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
-    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
-    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
-    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
-    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
-    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_detection = 1
-
-    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
-    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
-    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
-    # or page size, if larger.
-    data_alignment = 0
-
-    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
-    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
-    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
-    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
-    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
-    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
-    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
-
-    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
-    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
-    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
-    # in recovery situations.
-    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
-
-    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
-    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
-    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
-    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
-    disable_after_error_count = 0
-
-    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
-    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
-
-    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
-    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
-    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
-
-    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
-    pv_min_size = 2048
-
-    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
-    # pv_min_size = 512
-
-    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
-    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
-    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
-    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
-    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
-    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
-    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
-    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
-    # support.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    issue_discards = 0
-}
-
-# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
-# free space for its Logical Volumes.
-#allocation {
-#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
-#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
-#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
-#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
-#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
-#    between existing extents and new extents.
-#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
-#    
-#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
-#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
-#    they are situated.
-#
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
-#
-#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
-#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
-#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
-#    algorithm.
-#
-#    maximise_cling = 1
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
-#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
-#    until version 2.02.85.
-#
-#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
-#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
-#
-#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#}
-
-# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
-# information that LVM2 reports.
-log {
-
-    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
-    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
-    verbose = 0
-
-    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
-    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
-    syslog = 1
-
-    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
-    # By default there is no log file.
-    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
-
-    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
-    # By default we append.
-    overwrite = 0
-
-    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
-    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
-    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
-    level = 0
-
-    # Format of output messages
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
-    indent = 1
-
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
-    command_names = 0
-
-    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
-    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
-    # of each message.
-    prefix = "  "
-
-    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
-    #   indent = 0
-    #   command_names = 1
-    #   prefix = " -- "
-
-    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
-    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
-    # activation = 0
-}
-
-# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
-# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
-# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
-# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
-backup {
-
-    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # Think very hard before turning this off!
-    backup = 1
-
-    # Where shall we keep it ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
-
-    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
-    archive = 1
-
-    # Where should archived files go ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
-
-    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
-    retain_min = 10
-
-    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
-    retain_days = 30
-}
-
-# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
-shell {
-
-    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
-    history_size = 100
-}
-
-
-# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
-global {
-
-    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
-    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
-    umask = 077
-
-    # Allow other users to read the files
-    #umask = 022
-
-    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
-    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
-    # command.  Defaults to off.
-    test = 0
-
-    # Default value for --units argument
-    units = "h"
-
-    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
-    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
-    # KB, MB, GB).
-    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
-    # temporarily until you update them.
-    si_unit_consistency = 1
-
-    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
-    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
-    # without activating any logical volumes.
-    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
-    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
-    activation = 1
-
-    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
-    # the LVM1 tools?
-    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
-    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
-    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
-    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
-    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
-    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
-    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
-
-    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
-    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
-    # Defaults to "lvm2".
-    # format = "lvm2"
-
-    # Location of proc filesystem
-    proc = "/proc"
-
-    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
-    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
-    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
-    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
-    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
-    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
-    # change metadata.
-    locking_type = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
-    wait_for_locks = 1
-
-    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
-    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
-    # clustered locking.
-    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
-    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
-
-    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
-    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
-    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
-    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
-    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
-    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
-
-    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
-    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
-    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
-
-    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
-    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
-    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
-    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
-    # volume of read-only requests.
-    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
-    # locking.
-    prioritise_write_locks = 1
-
-    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
-    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
-    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
-    # Full pathnames can be given.
-
-    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
-    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
-
-    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
-    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
-
-    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
-    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
-    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
-
-    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
-    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
-    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
-    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
-
-    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
-    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
-    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
-    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
-    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
-    metadata_read_only = 0
-
-    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
-    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
-    #
-    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
-    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
-    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
-    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
-    #		 problematic.
-    #
-    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
-    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
-    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
-    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
-    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
-    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
-    #
-    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
-    # setting.
-    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
-
-    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
-    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
-    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
-    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
-    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
-    #
-    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
-
-    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
-    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
-    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
-    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
-    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
-    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
-    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
-    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
-    use_lvmetad = 0
-}
-
-activation {
-    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
-    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
-    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
-    # only when there seems to be a problem.
-    checks = 0
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
-    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
-    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
-    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
-    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
-    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
-    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
-    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
-    udev_sync = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
-    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
-    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
-    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
-    # while any logical volumes are active.
-    udev_rules = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
-    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
-    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
-    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
-    verify_udev_operations = 0
-
-    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
-    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
-    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
-    retry_deactivation = 1
-
-    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
-    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
-    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
-    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
-    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
-    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
-    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
-
-    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
-    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
-    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
-    use_linear_target = 1
-
-    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
-    reserved_stack = 64
-
-    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    reserved_memory = 8192
-
-    # Nice value used while devices suspended
-    process_priority = -18
-
-    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
-    # match against the list.
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
-    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
-    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
-    # metadata.)
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
-    mirror_region_size = 512
-
-    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
-    #
-    # "none" - Disable readahead.
-    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
-    readahead = "auto"
-
-    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
-    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
-    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
-    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
-    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
-    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
-    #
-    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
-    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
-    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
-    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
-    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
-    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
-    #		  usable.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
-    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
-    #
-    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
-
-    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
-    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
-    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
-    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
-    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
-    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
-    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
-    # --use-policies is given.
-    #
-    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
-    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
-    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
-    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
-    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
-    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
-    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
-    #            copy.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
-    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
-    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
-    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
-    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
-    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
-    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
-    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
-    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
-    #
-    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
-    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
-    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
-    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
-    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
-    #            be allocated for the replacement.
-
-    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
-    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
-
-    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
-    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
-    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
-    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
-    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
-    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
-    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
-    #
-    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
-
-    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
-    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
-    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
-    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
-    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
-    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
-    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
-    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
-    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
-
-    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
-    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
-    # devices.
-    use_mlockall = 0
-
-    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
-    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
-    monitoring = 0
-
-    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
-    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
-    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
-    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
-    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
-    # operation is complete.
-    polling_interval = 15
-}
-
-
-####################
-# Advanced section #
-####################
-
-# Metadata settings
-#
-# metadata {
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
-    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
-    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
-
-    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
-
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
-    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
-    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
-    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
-    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
-    # metadata is stored in them all.
-    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
-    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
-    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
-    # --metadataignore y/n'.
-
-    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
-
-    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
-    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
-    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
-
-    # pvmetadatasize = 255
-
-    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
-    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
-    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
-    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
-    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
-    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
-    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
-    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
-    #
-    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
-    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
-    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
-
-    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
-#}
-
-# Event daemon
-#
-dmeventd {
-    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
-    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
-    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
-    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
-
-    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
-
-    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
-    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
-
-    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
-
-    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
-    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the pool is filled.
-
-    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
-
-    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
-    #
-    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
-}
diff --git a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf b/modules/lvm/files/lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ebe7a968..000000000
--- a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,774 +0,0 @@
-# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
-# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
-# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
-#
-# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
-#
-# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
-# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
-#
-# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
-# example settings in this file.
-
-
-# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
-# be used by the LVM system.
-devices {
-
-    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
-    dir = "/dev"
-
-    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
-    # to use with LVM2.
-    scan = [ "/dev" ]
-
-    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
-    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
-    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
-    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
-    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
-    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
-    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
-    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
-    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
-
-    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
-    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
-    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
-    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
-    preferred_names = [ ]
-
-    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
-    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
-
-    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
-    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
-    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
-    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
-    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
-    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
-    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
-
-    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
-    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
-    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
-    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
-    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
-    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
-    # accepted.
-
-    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
-
-    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
-    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
-    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
-
-
-    # By default we accept every block device:
-    #filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
-    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Exclude the cdrom drive
-    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
-
-    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
-    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
-    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
-
-    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
-    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
-    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
-    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
-    # in a file called '.cache'.
-    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
-    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
-    # these new ones is present.)
-    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
-    cache_file_prefix = ""
-
-    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
-    write_cache_state = 1
-
-    # Advanced settings.
-
-    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
-    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
-    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
-
-    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
-    # the block devices it believes are valid.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    sysfs_scan = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
-    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    multipath_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
-    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
-    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_chunk_alignment = 1
-
-    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
-    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
-    # default_data_alignment = 1
-
-    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
-    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
-    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
-    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
-    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
-    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
-    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
-    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
-    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_detection = 1
-
-    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
-    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
-    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
-    # or page size, if larger.
-    data_alignment = 0
-
-    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
-    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
-    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
-    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
-    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
-    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
-    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
-
-    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
-    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
-    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
-    # in recovery situations.
-    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
-
-    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
-    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
-    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
-    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
-    disable_after_error_count = 0
-
-    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
-    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
-
-    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
-    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
-    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
-
-    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
-    pv_min_size = 2048
-
-    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
-    # pv_min_size = 512
-
-    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
-    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
-    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
-    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
-    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
-    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
-    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
-    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
-    # support.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    issue_discards = 0
-}
-
-# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
-# free space for its Logical Volumes.
-#allocation {
-#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
-#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
-#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
-#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
-#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
-#    between existing extents and new extents.
-#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
-#    
-#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
-#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
-#    they are situated.
-#
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
-#
-#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
-#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
-#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
-#    algorithm.
-#
-#    maximise_cling = 1
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
-#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
-#    until version 2.02.85.
-#
-#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
-#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
-#
-#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#}
-
-# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
-# information that LVM2 reports.
-log {
-
-    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
-    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
-    verbose = 0
-
-    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
-    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
-    syslog = 1
-
-    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
-    # By default there is no log file.
-    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
-
-    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
-    # By default we append.
-    overwrite = 0
-
-    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
-    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
-    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
-    level = 0
-
-    # Format of output messages
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
-    indent = 1
-
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
-    command_names = 0
-
-    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
-    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
-    # of each message.
-    prefix = "  "
-
-    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
-    #   indent = 0
-    #   command_names = 1
-    #   prefix = " -- "
-
-    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
-    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
-    # activation = 0
-}
-
-# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
-# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
-# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
-# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
-backup {
-
-    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # Think very hard before turning this off!
-    backup = 1
-
-    # Where shall we keep it ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
-
-    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
-    archive = 1
-
-    # Where should archived files go ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
-
-    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
-    retain_min = 10
-
-    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
-    retain_days = 30
-}
-
-# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
-shell {
-
-    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
-    history_size = 100
-}
-
-
-# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
-global {
-
-    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
-    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
-    umask = 077
-
-    # Allow other users to read the files
-    #umask = 022
-
-    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
-    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
-    # command.  Defaults to off.
-    test = 0
-
-    # Default value for --units argument
-    units = "h"
-
-    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
-    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
-    # KB, MB, GB).
-    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
-    # temporarily until you update them.
-    si_unit_consistency = 1
-
-    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
-    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
-    # without activating any logical volumes.
-    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
-    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
-    activation = 1
-
-    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
-    # the LVM1 tools?
-    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
-    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
-    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
-    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
-    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
-    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
-    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
-
-    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
-    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
-    # Defaults to "lvm2".
-    # format = "lvm2"
-
-    # Location of proc filesystem
-    proc = "/proc"
-
-    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
-    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
-    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
-    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
-    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
-    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
-    # change metadata.
-    locking_type = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
-    wait_for_locks = 1
-
-    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
-    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
-    # clustered locking.
-    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
-    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
-
-    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
-    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
-    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
-    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
-    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
-    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
-
-    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
-    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
-    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
-
-    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
-    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
-    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
-    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
-    # volume of read-only requests.
-    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
-    # locking.
-    prioritise_write_locks = 1
-
-    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
-    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
-    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
-    # Full pathnames can be given.
-
-    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
-    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
-
-    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
-    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
-
-    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
-    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
-    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
-
-    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
-    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
-    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
-    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
-
-    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
-    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
-    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
-    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
-    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
-    metadata_read_only = 0
-
-    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
-    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
-    #
-    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
-    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
-    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
-    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
-    #		 problematic.
-    #
-    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
-    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
-    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
-    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
-    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
-    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
-    #
-    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
-    # setting.
-    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
-
-    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
-    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
-    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
-    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
-    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
-    #
-    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
-
-    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
-    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
-    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
-    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
-    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
-    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
-    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
-    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
-    use_lvmetad = 0
-}
-
-activation {
-    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
-    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
-    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
-    # only when there seems to be a problem.
-    checks = 0
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
-    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
-    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
-    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
-    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
-    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
-    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
-    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
-    udev_sync = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
-    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
-    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
-    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
-    # while any logical volumes are active.
-    udev_rules = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
-    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
-    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
-    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
-    verify_udev_operations = 0
-
-    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
-    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
-    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
-    retry_deactivation = 1
-
-    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
-    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
-    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
-    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
-    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
-    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
-    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
-
-    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
-    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
-    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
-    use_linear_target = 1
-
-    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
-    reserved_stack = 64
-
-    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    reserved_memory = 8192
-
-    # Nice value used while devices suspended
-    process_priority = -18
-
-    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
-    # match against the list.
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
-    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
-    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
-    # metadata.)
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
-    mirror_region_size = 512
-
-    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
-    #
-    # "none" - Disable readahead.
-    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
-    readahead = "auto"
-
-    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
-    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
-    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
-    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
-    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
-    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
-    #
-    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
-    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
-    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
-    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
-    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
-    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
-    #		  usable.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
-    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
-    #
-    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
-
-    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
-    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
-    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
-    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
-    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
-    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
-    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
-    # --use-policies is given.
-    #
-    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
-    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
-    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
-    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
-    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
-    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
-    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
-    #            copy.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
-    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
-    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
-    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
-    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
-    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
-    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
-    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
-    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
-    #
-    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
-    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
-    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
-    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
-    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
-    #            be allocated for the replacement.
-
-    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
-    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
-
-    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
-    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
-    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
-    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
-    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
-    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
-    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
-    #
-    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
-
-    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
-    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
-    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
-    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
-    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
-    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
-    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
-    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
-    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
-
-    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
-    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
-    # devices.
-    use_mlockall = 0
-
-    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
-    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
-    monitoring = 0
-
-    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
-    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
-    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
-    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
-    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
-    # operation is complete.
-    polling_interval = 15
-}
-
-
-####################
-# Advanced section #
-####################
-
-# Metadata settings
-#
-# metadata {
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
-    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
-    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
-
-    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
-
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
-    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
-    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
-    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
-    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
-    # metadata is stored in them all.
-    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
-    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
-    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
-    # --metadataignore y/n'.
-
-    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
-
-    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
-    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
-    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
-
-    # pvmetadatasize = 255
-
-    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
-    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
-    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
-    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
-    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
-    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
-    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
-    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
-    #
-    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
-    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
-    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
-
-    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
-#}
-
-# Event daemon
-#
-dmeventd {
-    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
-    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
-    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
-    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
-
-    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
-
-    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
-    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
-
-    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
-
-    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
-    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the pool is filled.
-
-    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
-
-    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
-    #
-    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
-}
diff --git a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-prokofiev.conf b/modules/lvm/files/lvm-prokofiev.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c7270ca9..000000000
--- a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-prokofiev.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1261 +0,0 @@
-# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
-# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
-# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
-#
-# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
-#
-# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
-# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
-#
-# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
-# example settings in this file.
-
-# This section allows you to set the way the configuration settings are handled.
-config {
-
-    # If enabled, any LVM2 configuration mismatch is reported.
-    # This implies checking that the configuration key is understood
-    # by LVM2 and that the value of the key is of a proper type.
-    # If disabled, any configuration mismatch is ignored and default
-    # value is used instead without any warning (a message about the
-    # configuration key not being found is issued in verbose mode only).
-    checks = 1
-
-    # If enabled, any configuration mismatch aborts the LVM2 process.
-    abort_on_errors = 0
-
-    # Directory where LVM looks for configuration profiles.
-    profile_dir = "/etc/lvm/profile"
-}
-
-# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
-# be used by the LVM system.
-devices {
-
-    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
-    dir = "/dev"
-
-    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
-    # to use with LVM2.
-    scan = [ "/dev" ]
-
-    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
-    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
-    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
-    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
-    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
-    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
-    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
-    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
-    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
-
-    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
-    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
-    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
-    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
-
-    # By default no preferred names are defined.
-    # preferred_names = [ ]
-
-    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
-    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
-
-    # In case no prefererred name matches or if preferred_names are not
-    # defined at all, builtin rules are used to determine the preference.
-    #
-    # The first builtin rule checks path prefixes and it gives preference
-    # based on this ordering (where "dev" depends on devices/dev setting):
-    #   /dev/mapper > /dev/disk > /dev/dm-* > /dev/block
-    #
-    # If the ordering above cannot be applied, the path with fewer slashes
-    # gets preference then.
-    #
-    # If the number of slashes is the same, a symlink gets preference.
-    #
-    # Finally, if all the rules mentioned above are not applicable,
-    # lexicographical order is used over paths and the smallest one
-    # of all gets preference.
-
-
-    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
-    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
-    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
-    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
-    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
-    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
-    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
-
-    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
-    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
-    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
-    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
-    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
-    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
-    # accepted.
-
-    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
-
-    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
-    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
-    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
-
-    # If lvmetad is used, then see "A note about device filtering while
-    # lvmetad is used" comment that is attached to global/use_lvmetad setting.
-
-    # By default we accept every block device:
-    # filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
-
-    # Exclude the cdrom drive
-    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
-
-    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
-    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
-    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
-
-    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
-    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
-    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sd[ab][0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Since "filter" is often overridden from command line, it is not suitable
-    # for system-wide device filtering (udev rules, lvmetad). To hide devices
-    # from LVM-specific udev processing and/or from lvmetad, you need to set
-    # global_filter. The syntax is the same as for normal "filter"
-    # above. Devices that fail the global_filter are not even opened by LVM.
-
-    # global_filter = []
-
-    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
-    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
-    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
-    # in a file called '.cache'.
-    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
-    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
-    # these new ones is present.)
-    # N.B. If obtain_device_list_from_udev is set to 1 the list of
-    # devices is instead obtained from udev and any existing .cache
-    # file is removed.
-    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
-    cache_file_prefix = ""
-
-    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
-    write_cache_state = 1
-
-    # Advanced settings.
-
-    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
-    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
-    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
-
-    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
-    # the block devices it believes are valid.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    sysfs_scan = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
-    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    multipath_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
-    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
-    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_chunk_alignment = 1
-
-    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
-    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
-    # default_data_alignment = 1
-
-    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
-    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
-    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
-    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
-    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
-    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
-    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
-    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
-    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_detection = 1
-
-    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
-    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
-    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
-    # or page size, if larger.
-    data_alignment = 0
-
-    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
-    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
-    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
-    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
-    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
-    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
-    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
-
-    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
-    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
-    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
-    # in recovery situations.
-    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
-
-    # ignore_lvm_mirrors:  Introduced in version 2.02.104
-    # This setting determines whether logical volumes of "mirror" segment
-    # type are scanned for LVM labels.  This affects the ability of
-    # mirrors to be used as physical volumes.  If 'ignore_lvm_mirrors'
-    # is set to '1', it becomes impossible to create volume groups on top
-    # of mirror logical volumes - i.e. to stack volume groups on mirrors.
-    #
-    # Allowing mirror logical volumes to be scanned (setting the value to '0')
-    # can potentially cause LVM processes and I/O to the mirror to become
-    # blocked.  This is due to the way that the "mirror" segment type handles
-    # failures.  In order for the hang to manifest itself, an LVM command must
-    # be run just after a failure and before the automatic LVM repair process
-    # takes place OR there must be failures in multiple mirrors in the same
-    # volume group at the same time with write failures occurring moments
-    # before a scan of the mirror's labels.
-    #
-    # Note that these scanning limitations do not apply to the LVM RAID
-    # types, like "raid1".  The RAID segment types handle failures in a
-    # different way and are not subject to possible process or I/O blocking.
-    #
-    # It is encouraged that users set 'ignore_lvm_mirrors' to 1 if they
-    # are using the "mirror" segment type.  Users that require volume group
-    # stacking on mirrored logical volumes should consider using the "raid1"
-    # segment type.  The "raid1" segment type is not available for
-    # active/active clustered volume groups.
-    #
-    # Set to 1 to disallow stacking and thereby avoid a possible deadlock.
-    ignore_lvm_mirrors = 1
-
-    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
-    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
-    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
-    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
-    disable_after_error_count = 0
-
-    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
-    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
-
-    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
-    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
-    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
-
-    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
-    pv_min_size = 2048
-
-    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
-    # pv_min_size = 512
-
-    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
-    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
-    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
-    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
-    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
-    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
-    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
-    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
-    # support.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    issue_discards = 0
-}
-
-# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
-# free space for its Logical Volumes.
-allocation {
-
-    # When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
-    # allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
-    # segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
-    # list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
-    # attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
-    # between existing extents and new extents.
-    # Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
- 
-    # Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
-    # PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
-    # they are situated.
-
-    # cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
-    # cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
-
-    # Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
-    # policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
-    # onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
-    # algorithm.
-    maximise_cling = 1
-
-    # Whether to use blkid library instead of native LVM2 code to detect
-    # any existing signatures while creating new Physical Volumes and
-    # Logical Volumes. LVM2 needs to be compiled with blkid wiping support
-    # for this setting to take effect.
-    #
-    # LVM2 native detection code is currently able to recognize these signatures:
-    #   - MD device signature
-    #   - swap signature
-    #   - LUKS signature
-    # To see the list of signatures recognized by blkid, check the output
-    # of 'blkid -k' command. The blkid can recognize more signatures than
-    # LVM2 native detection code, but due to this higher number of signatures
-    # to be recognized, it can take more time to complete the signature scan.
-    use_blkid_wiping = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 to wipe any signatures found on newly-created Logical Volumes
-    # automatically in addition to zeroing of the first KB on the LV
-    # (controlled by the -Z/--zero y option).
-    # The command line option -W/--wipesignatures takes precedence over this
-    # setting.
-    # The default is to wipe signatures when zeroing.
-    #
-    wipe_signatures_when_zeroing_new_lvs = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
-    # different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
-    # until version 2.02.85.
-    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
-
-    # Set to 1 to guarantee that cache_pool metadata will always be
-    # placed on  different PVs from the cache_pool data.
-    cache_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
-
-    # Specify the minimal chunk size (in kiB) for cache pool volumes.
-    # Using a chunk_size that is too large can result in wasteful use of
-    # the cache, where small reads and writes can cause large sections of
-    # an LV to be mapped into the cache.  However, choosing a chunk_size
-    # that is too small can result in more overhead trying to manage the
-    # numerous chunks that become mapped into the cache.  The former is
-    # more of a problem than the latter in most cases, so we default to
-    # a value that is on the smaller end of the spectrum.  Supported values
-    # range from 32(kiB) to 1048576 in multiples of 32.
-    # cache_pool_chunk_size = 64
-
-    # Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
-    # be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
-    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
-
-    # Specify chunk size calculation policy for thin pool volumes.
-    # Possible options are:
-    # "generic"        - if thin_pool_chunk_size is defined, use it.
-    #                    Otherwise, calculate the chunk size based on
-    #                    estimation and device hints exposed in sysfs:
-    #                    the minimum_io_size. The chunk size is always
-    #                    at least 64KiB.
-    #
-    # "performance"    - if thin_pool_chunk_size is defined, use it.
-    # 			 Otherwise, calculate the chunk size for
-    # 			 performance based on device hints exposed in
-    # 			 sysfs: the optimal_io_size. The chunk size is
-    # 			 always at least 512KiB.
-    # thin_pool_chunk_size_policy = "generic"
-
-    # Specify the minimal chunk size (in KB) for thin pool volumes.
-    # Use of the larger chunk size may improve performance for plain
-    # thin volumes, however using them for snapshot volumes is less efficient,
-    # as it consumes more space and takes extra time for copying.
-    # When unset, lvm tries to estimate chunk size starting from 64KB
-    # Supported values are in range from 64 to 1048576.
-    # thin_pool_chunk_size = 64
-
-    # Specify discards behaviour of the thin pool volume.
-    # Select one of  "ignore", "nopassdown", "passdown"
-    # thin_pool_discards = "passdown"
-
-    # Set to 0, to disable zeroing of thin pool data chunks before their
-    # first use.
-    # N.B. zeroing larger thin pool chunk size degrades performance.
-    # thin_pool_zero = 1
-}
-
-# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
-# information that LVM2 reports.
-log {
-
-    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
-    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
-    verbose = 0
-
-    # Set to 1 to suppress all non-essential messages from stdout.
-    # This has the same effect as -qq.
-    # When this is set, the following commands still produce output:
-    # dumpconfig, lvdisplay, lvmdiskscan, lvs, pvck, pvdisplay, 
-    # pvs, version, vgcfgrestore -l, vgdisplay, vgs.
-    # Non-essential messages are shifted from log level 4 to log level 5
-    # for syslog and lvm2_log_fn purposes.
-    # Any 'yes' or 'no' questions not overridden by other arguments
-    # are suppressed and default to 'no'.
-    silent = 0
-
-    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
-    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
-    syslog = 1
-
-    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
-    # By default there is no log file.
-    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
-
-    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
-    # By default we append.
-    overwrite = 0
-
-    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
-    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
-    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
-    level = 0
-
-    # Format of output messages
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
-    indent = 1
-
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
-    command_names = 0
-
-    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
-    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
-    # of each message.
-    prefix = "  "
-
-    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
-    #   indent = 0
-    #   command_names = 1
-    #   prefix = " -- "
-
-    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
-    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
-    # activation = 0
-
-    # Some debugging messages are assigned to a class and only appear
-    # in debug output if the class is listed here.
-    # Classes currently available:
-    #   memory, devices, activation, allocation, lvmetad, metadata, cache,
-    #   locking
-    # Use "all" to see everything.
-    debug_classes = [ "memory", "devices", "activation", "allocation",
-		      "lvmetad", "metadata", "cache", "locking" ]
-}
-
-# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
-# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
-# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
-# Backups are stored in a human readable text format.
-backup {
-
-    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # Think very hard before turning this off!
-    backup = 1
-
-    # Where shall we keep it ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
-
-    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
-    archive = 1
-
-    # Where should archived files go ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
-
-    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
-    retain_min = 10
-
-    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
-    retain_days = 30
-}
-
-# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
-shell {
-
-    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
-    history_size = 100
-}
-
-
-# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
-global {
-    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
-    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
-    umask = 077
-
-    # Allow other users to read the files
-    #umask = 022
-
-    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
-    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
-    # command.  Defaults to off.
-    test = 0
-
-    # Default value for --units argument
-    units = "h"
-
-    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
-    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
-    # KB, MB, GB).
-    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
-    # temporarily until you update them.
-    si_unit_consistency = 1
-
-    # Whether or not to display unit suffix for sizes. This setting has
-    # no effect if the units are in human-readable form (global/units="h")
-    # in which case the suffix is always displayed.
-    suffix = 1
-
-    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
-    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
-    # without activating any logical volumes.
-    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
-    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
-    activation = 1
-
-    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
-    # the LVM1 tools?
-    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
-    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
-    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
-    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
-    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
-    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
-    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
-
-    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
-    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
-    # Defaults to "lvm2".
-    # format = "lvm2"
-
-    # Location of proc filesystem
-    proc = "/proc"
-
-    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
-    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
-    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
-    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
-    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
-    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
-    # change metadata.
-    # Type 5 offers dummy locking for tools that do not need any locks.
-    # You should not need to set this directly: the tools will select when
-    # to use it instead of the configured locking_type.  Do not use lvmetad or
-    # the kernel device-mapper driver with this locking type.
-    # It is used by the --readonly option that offers read-only access to
-    # Volume Group metadata that cannot be locked safely because it belongs to
-    # an inaccessible domain and might be in use, for example a virtual machine
-    # image or a disk that is shared by a clustered machine.  
-    #
-    # N.B. Don't use lvmetad with locking type 3 as lvmetad is not yet
-    # supported in clustered environment. If use_lvmetad=1 and locking_type=3
-    # is set at the same time, LVM always issues a warning message about this
-    # and then it automatically disables lvmetad use.
-    locking_type = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
-    wait_for_locks = 1
-
-    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
-    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
-    # clustered locking.
-    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
-    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
-
-    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
-    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
-    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
-    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
-    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
-    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
-
-    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
-    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
-    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
-
-    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
-    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
-    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
-    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
-    # volume of read-only requests.
-    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
-    # locking.
-    prioritise_write_locks = 1
-
-    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
-    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
-    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
-    # Full pathnames can be given.
-
-    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
-    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
-
-    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
-    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
-
-    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
-    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
-    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
-
-    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
-    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
-    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
-    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
-
-    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
-    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
-    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
-    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
-    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
-    metadata_read_only = 0
-
-    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
-    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
-    #
-    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
-    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
-    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
-    #		 event of a failure.
-    #
-    #		 There is an inherent race in the dmeventd failure handling
-    #		 logic with snapshots of devices using this type of RAID1 that
-    #		 in the worst case could cause a deadlock.
-    #		   Ref: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=817130#c10
-    #
-    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
-    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
-    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
-    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
-    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
-    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
-    #		 This mirror implementation is not cluster-aware and cannot be
-    #		 used in a shared (active/active) fashion in a cluster.
-    #
-    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
-    # setting.
-    mirror_segtype_default = "raid1"
-
-    # 'raid10_segtype_default' determines the segment types used by default
-    # when the '--stripes/-i' and '--mirrors/-m' arguments are both specified
-    # during the creation of a logical volume.
-    # Possible settings include:
-    #
-    # "raid10" - This implementation leverages MD's RAID10 personality through
-    #            device-mapper.
-    #
-    # "mirror" - LVM will layer the 'mirror' and 'stripe' segment types.  It
-    #            will do this by creating a mirror on top of striped sub-LVs;
-    #            effectively creating a RAID 0+1 array.  This is suboptimal
-    #            in terms of providing redundancy and performance. Changing to
-    #            this setting is not advised.
-    # Specify the '--type <raid10|mirror>' option to override this default
-    # setting.
-    raid10_segtype_default = "raid10"
-
-    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
-    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
-    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
-    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
-    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
-    #
-    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
-
-    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
-    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
-    # *and* when lvmetad is running (automatically instantiated by making use of
-    # systemd's socket-based service activation or run as an initscripts service
-    # or run manually), the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained
-    # from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual
-    # commands. In a setup with lvmetad, lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for
-    # LVM to work correctly. Without proper udev rules, all changes in block
-    # device configuration will be *ignored* until a manual 'pvscan --cache'
-    # is performed. These rules are installed by default.
-    #
-    # If lvmetad has been running while use_lvmetad was 0, it MUST be stopped
-    # before changing use_lvmetad to 1 and started again afterwards.
-    #
-    # If using lvmetad, the volume activation is also switched to automatic
-    # event-based mode. In this mode, the volumes are activated based on
-    # incoming udev events that automatically inform lvmetad about new PVs
-    # that appear in the system. Once the VG is complete (all the PVs are
-    # present), it is auto-activated. The activation/auto_activation_volume_list
-    # setting controls which volumes are auto-activated (all by default).
-    #
-    # A note about device filtering while lvmetad is used:
-    # When lvmetad is updated (either automatically based on udev events
-    # or directly by pvscan --cache <device> call), the devices/filter
-    # is ignored and all devices are scanned by default. The lvmetad always
-    # keeps unfiltered information which is then provided to LVM commands
-    # and then each LVM command does the filtering based on devices/filter
-    # setting itself.
-    # To prevent scanning devices completely, even when using lvmetad,
-    # the devices/global_filter must be used.
-    # N.B. Don't use lvmetad with locking type 3 as lvmetad is not yet
-    # supported in clustered environment. If use_lvmetad=1 and locking_type=3
-    # is set at the same time, LVM always issues a warning message about this
-    # and then it automatically disables lvmetad use.
-    use_lvmetad = 0
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated or after it is deactivated
-    # this utility is executed. The activation will only proceed if the utility
-    # has an exit status of 0.
-    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
-    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
-    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
-    #
-    # thin_check_executable = "/usr/sbin/thin_check"
-
-    # Array of string options passed with thin_check command. By default,
-    # option "-q" is for quiet output.
-    # With thin_check version 2.1 or newer you can add "--ignore-non-fatal-errors"
-    # to let it pass through ignorable errors and fix them later.
-    # With thin_check version 3.2 or newer you should add
-    # "--clear-needs-check-flag".
-    #
-    # thin_check_options = [ "-q", "--clear-needs-check-flag" ]
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to repair a thin metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a thin pool needs repair this utility is executed.
-    # See thin_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
-    #
-    # thin_repair_executable = "/usr/sbin/thin_repair"
-
-    # Array of extra string options passed with thin_repair command.
-    # thin_repair_options = [ "" ]
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to dump thin metadata content.
-    # See thin_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
-    #
-    # thin_dump_executable = "/usr/sbin/thin_dump"
-
-    # If set, given features are not used by thin driver.
-    # This can be helpful not just for testing, but i.e. allows to avoid
-    # using problematic implementation of some thin feature.
-    # Features:
-    #   block_size
-    #   discards
-    #   discards_non_power_2
-    #   external_origin
-    #   metadata_resize
-    #   external_origin_extend
-    #
-    # thin_disabled_features = [ "discards", "block_size" ]
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to check that a cache metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a cached LV needs to be used or after it is deactivated
-    # this utility is executed. The activation will only proceed if the utility
-    # has an exit status of 0.
-    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
-    # The cache tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
-    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
-    #
-    # cache_check_executable = "/usr/sbin/cache_check"
-
-    # Array of string options passed with cache_check command. By default,
-    # option "-q" is for quiet output.
-    #
-    # cache_check_options = [ "-q" ]
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to repair a cache metadata device.
-    # Each time a cache metadata needs repair this utility is executed.
-    # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
-    #
-    # cache_repair_executable = "/usr/sbin/cache_repair"
-
-    # Array of extra string options passed with cache_repair command.
-    # cache_repair_options = [ "" ]
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to dump cache metadata content.
-    # See cache_check_executable how to obtain binaries.
-    #
-    # cache_dump_executable = "/usr/sbin/cache_dump"
-}
-
-activation {
-    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
-    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
-    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
-    # only when there seems to be a problem.
-    checks = 0
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
-    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
-    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
-    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
-    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
-    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
-    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
-    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
-    udev_sync = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
-    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
-    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
-    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
-    # while any logical volumes are active.
-    udev_rules = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
-    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
-    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
-    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
-    verify_udev_operations = 0
-
-    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
-    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
-    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
-    retry_deactivation = 1
-
-    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
-    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
-    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
-    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
-    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
-    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
-    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
-
-    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
-    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
-    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
-    use_linear_target = 1
-
-    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
-    reserved_stack = 64
-
-    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    reserved_memory = 8192
-
-    # Nice value used while devices suspended
-    process_priority = -18
-
-    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
-    # match against the list.
-    #
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # If any host tags exist but volume_list is not defined, a default
-    # single-entry list containing "@*" is assumed.
-    #
-    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # If auto_activation_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be
-    # activated with the autoactivation option (--activate ay/-a ay) is
-    # first checked against the list. There are two scenarios in which
-    # the autoactivation option is used:
-    #
-    #   - automatic activation of volumes based on incoming PVs. If all the
-    #     PVs making up a VG are present in the system, the autoactivation
-    #     is triggered. This requires lvmetad (global/use_lvmetad=1) and udev
-    #     to be running. In this case, "pvscan --cache -aay" is called
-    #     automatically without any user intervention while processing
-    #     udev events. Please, make sure you define auto_activation_volume_list
-    #     properly so only the volumes you want and expect are autoactivated.
-    #
-    #   - direct activation on command line with the autoactivation option.
-    #     In this case, the user calls "vgchange --activate ay/-a ay" or
-    #     "lvchange --activate ay/-a ay" directly.
-    #
-    # By default, the auto_activation_volume_list is not defined and all
-    # volumes will be activated either automatically or by using --activate ay/-a ay.
-    #
-    # N.B. The "activation/volume_list" is still honoured in all cases so even
-    # if the VG/LV passes the auto_activation_volume_list, it still needs to
-    # pass the volume_list for it to be activated in the end.
-
-    # If auto_activation_volume_list is defined but empty, no volumes will be
-    # activated automatically and --activate ay/-a ay will do nothing.
-    #
-    # auto_activation_volume_list = []
-
-    # If auto_activation_volume_list is defined and it's not empty, only matching
-    # volumes will be activated either automatically or by using --activate ay/-a ay.
-    #
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # auto_activation_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
-    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
-    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
-    # metadata.)
-    #
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # Each LV can have an 'activation skip' flag stored persistently against it.
-    # During activation, this flag is used to decide whether such an LV is skipped.
-    # The 'activation skip' flag can be set during LV creation and by default it
-    # is automatically set for thin snapshot LVs. The 'auto_set_activation_skip'
-    # enables or disables this automatic setting of the flag while LVs are created.
-    # auto_set_activation_skip = 1
-
-    # For RAID or 'mirror' segment types, 'raid_region_size' is the
-    # size (in KiB) of each:
-    # - synchronization operation when initializing
-    # - each copy operation when performing a 'pvmove' (using 'mirror' segtype)
-    # This setting has replaced 'mirror_region_size' since version 2.02.99
-    raid_region_size = 512
-
-    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
-    #
-    # "none" - Disable readahead.
-    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
-    readahead = "auto"
-
-    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
-    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
-    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
-    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
-    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
-    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
-    #
-    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
-    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
-    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
-    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
-    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
-    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
-    #		  usable.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
-    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
-    #
-    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
-
-    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
-    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
-    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
-    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
-    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
-    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
-    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
-    # --use-policies is given.
-    #
-    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
-    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
-    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
-    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
-    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
-    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
-    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
-    #            copy.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
-    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
-    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
-    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
-    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
-    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
-    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
-    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
-    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
-    #
-    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
-    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
-    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
-    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
-    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
-    #            be allocated for the replacement.
-
-    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
-    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
-
-    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
-    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
-    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
-    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
-    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
-    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
-    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
-    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
-    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
-    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
-    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
-
-    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
-    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
-    # devices.
-    use_mlockall = 0
-
-    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
-    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
-    monitoring = 1
-
-    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
-    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
-    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
-    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
-    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
-    # operation is complete.
-    polling_interval = 15
-
-    # 'activation_mode' determines how Logical Volumes are activated if
-    # any devices are missing.  Possible settings are:
-    #
-    #	"complete" -  Only allow activation of an LV if all of the Physical
-    #		      Volumes it uses are present.  Other PVs in the Volume
-    #		      Group may be missing.
-    #
-    #	"degraded" -  Like "complete", but additionally RAID Logical Volumes of
-    #		      segment type raid1, raid4, raid5, radid6 and raid10 will
-    #		      be activated if there is no data loss, i.e. they have
-    #		      sufficient redundancy to present the entire addressable
-    #		      range of the Logical Volume.
-    #
-    #	"partial"  -  Allows the activation of any Logical Volume even if
-    #		      a missing or failed PV could cause data loss with a
-    #		      portion of the Logical Volume inaccessible.
-    #		      This setting should not normally be used, but may
-    #		      sometimes assist with data recovery.
-    #
-    # This setting was introduced in LVM version 2.02.108.  It corresponds
-    # with the '--activationmode' option for lvchange and vgchange.
-    activation_mode = "degraded"
-}
-
-# Report settings.
-#
-# report {
-    # Align columns on report output.
-    # aligned=1
-
-    # When buffered reporting is used, the report's content is appended
-    # incrementally to include each object being reported until the report
-    # is flushed to output which normally happens at the end of command
-    # execution. Otherwise, if buffering is not used, each object is
-    # reported as soon as its processing is finished.
-    # buffered=1
-
-    # Show headings for columns on report.
-    # headings=1
-
-    # A separator to use on report after each field.
-    # separator=" "
-
-    # A separator to use for list items when reported.
-    # list_item_separator=","
-
-    # Use a field name prefix for each field reported.
-    # prefixes=0
-
-    # Quote field values when using field name prefixes.
-    # quoted=1
-
-    # Output each column as a row. If set, this also implies report/prefixes=1.
-    # colums_as_rows=0
-
-    # Use binary values "0" or "1" instead of descriptive literal values for
-    # columns that have exactly two valid values to report (not counting the
-    # "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
-    #
-    # binary_values_as_numeric = 0
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvm devtypes' command.
-    # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # devtypes_sort="devtype_name"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command.
-    # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # devtypes_cols="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvm devtypes' command in verbose mode.
-    # See 'lvm devtypes -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # devtypes_cols_verbose="devtype_name,devtype_max_partitions,devtype_description"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs' command.
-    # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # lvs_sort="vg_name,lv_name"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command.
-    # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # lvs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,lv_size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,mirror_log,copy_percent,convert_lv"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs' command in verbose mode.
-    # See 'lvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # lvs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,seg_count,lv_attr,lv_size,lv_major,lv_minor,lv_kernel_major,lv_kernel_minor,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent,move_pv,copy_percent,mirror_log,convert
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'vgs' command.
-    # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # vgs_sort="vg_name"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command.
-    # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # vgs_cols="vg_name,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_attr,vg_size,vg_free"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'vgs' command in verbose mode.
-    # See 'vgs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # vgs_cols_verbose="vg_name,vg_attr,vg_extent_size,pv_count,lv_count,snap_count,vg_size,vg_free,vg_uuid,vg_profile"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs' command.
-    # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # pvs_sort="pv_name"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command.
-    # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # pvs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'pvs' command in verbose mode.
-    # See 'pvs -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # pvs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,dev_size,pv_uuid"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'lvs --segments' command.
-    # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # segs_sort="vg_name,lv_name,seg_start"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command.
-    # See 'lvs --segments  -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # segs_cols="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,stripes,segtype,seg_size"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to report for 'lvs --segments' command in verbose mode.
-    # See 'lvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # segs_cols_verbose="lv_name,vg_name,lv_attr,seg_start,seg_size,stripes,segtype,stripesize,chunksize"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command.
-    # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # pvsegs_sort="pv_name,pvseg_start"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command.
-    # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # pvsegs_cols="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size"
-
-    # Comma separated list of columns to sort by when reporting 'pvs --segments' command in verbose mode.
-    # See 'pvs --segments -o help' for the list of possible fields.
-    # pvsegs_cols_verbose="pv_name,vg_name,pv_fmt,pv_attr,pv_size,pv_free,pvseg_start,pvseg_size,lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype,seg_pe_ranges"
-#}
-
-####################
-# Advanced section #
-####################
-
-# Metadata settings
-#
-# metadata {
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
-    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
-    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
-
-    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
-
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
-    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
-    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
-    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
-    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
-    # metadata is stored in them all.
-    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
-    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
-    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
-    # --metadataignore y/n'.
-
-    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
-
-    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
-    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
-    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
-
-    # pvmetadatasize = 255
-
-    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
-    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
-    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
-    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
-    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
-    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
-    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
-    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
-    #
-    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
-    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
-    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
-
-    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
-#}
-
-# Event daemon
-#
-dmeventd {
-    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
-    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
-    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
-    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
-
-    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
-
-    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
-    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
-
-    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
-
-    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
-    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the pool is filled.
-
-    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
-
-    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
-    #
-    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
-}
diff --git a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf b/modules/lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 015541c76..000000000
--- a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,774 +0,0 @@
-# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
-# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
-# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
-#
-# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
-#
-# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
-# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
-#
-# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
-# example settings in this file.
-
-
-# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
-# be used by the LVM system.
-devices {
-
-    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
-    dir = "/dev"
-
-    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
-    # to use with LVM2.
-    scan = [ "/dev" ]
-
-    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
-    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
-    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
-    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
-    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
-    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
-    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
-    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
-    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
-
-    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
-    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
-    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
-    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
-    preferred_names = [ ]
-
-    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
-    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
-
-    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
-    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
-    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
-    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
-    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
-    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
-    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
-
-    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
-    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
-    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
-    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
-    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
-    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
-    # accepted.
-
-    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
-
-    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
-    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
-    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
-
-    filter = [ "a|^/dev/sda[0-9]*$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # By default we accept every block device:
-    # filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
-
-    # Exclude the cdrom drive
-    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
-
-    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
-    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
-    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
-
-    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
-    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
-    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
-    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
-    # in a file called '.cache'.
-    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
-    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
-    # these new ones is present.)
-    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
-    cache_file_prefix = ""
-
-    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
-    write_cache_state = 1
-
-    # Advanced settings.
-
-    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
-    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
-    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
-
-    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
-    # the block devices it believes are valid.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    sysfs_scan = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
-    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    multipath_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
-    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
-    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_chunk_alignment = 1
-
-    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
-    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
-    # default_data_alignment = 1
-
-    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
-    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
-    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
-    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
-    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
-    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
-    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
-    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
-    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_detection = 1
-
-    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
-    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
-    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
-    # or page size, if larger.
-    data_alignment = 0
-
-    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
-    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
-    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
-    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
-    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
-    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
-    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
-
-    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
-    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
-    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
-    # in recovery situations.
-    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
-
-    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
-    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
-    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
-    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
-    disable_after_error_count = 0
-
-    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
-    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
-
-    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
-    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
-    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
-
-    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
-    pv_min_size = 2048
-
-    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
-    # pv_min_size = 512
-
-    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
-    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
-    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
-    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
-    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
-    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
-    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
-    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
-    # support.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    issue_discards = 0
-}
-
-# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
-# free space for its Logical Volumes.
-#allocation {
-#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
-#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
-#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
-#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
-#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
-#    between existing extents and new extents.
-#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
-#    
-#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
-#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
-#    they are situated.
-#
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
-#
-#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
-#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
-#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
-#    algorithm.
-#
-#    maximise_cling = 1
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
-#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
-#    until version 2.02.85.
-#
-#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
-#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
-#
-#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#}
-
-# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
-# information that LVM2 reports.
-log {
-
-    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
-    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
-    verbose = 0
-
-    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
-    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
-    syslog = 1
-
-    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
-    # By default there is no log file.
-    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
-
-    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
-    # By default we append.
-    overwrite = 0
-
-    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
-    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
-    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
-    level = 0
-
-    # Format of output messages
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
-    indent = 1
-
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
-    command_names = 0
-
-    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
-    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
-    # of each message.
-    prefix = "  "
-
-    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
-    #   indent = 0
-    #   command_names = 1
-    #   prefix = " -- "
-
-    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
-    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
-    # activation = 0
-}
-
-# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
-# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
-# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
-# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
-backup {
-
-    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # Think very hard before turning this off!
-    backup = 1
-
-    # Where shall we keep it ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
-
-    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
-    archive = 1
-
-    # Where should archived files go ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
-
-    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
-    retain_min = 10
-
-    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
-    retain_days = 30
-}
-
-# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
-shell {
-
-    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
-    history_size = 100
-}
-
-
-# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
-global {
-
-    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
-    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
-    umask = 077
-
-    # Allow other users to read the files
-    #umask = 022
-
-    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
-    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
-    # command.  Defaults to off.
-    test = 0
-
-    # Default value for --units argument
-    units = "h"
-
-    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
-    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
-    # KB, MB, GB).
-    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
-    # temporarily until you update them.
-    si_unit_consistency = 1
-
-    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
-    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
-    # without activating any logical volumes.
-    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
-    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
-    activation = 1
-
-    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
-    # the LVM1 tools?
-    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
-    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
-    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
-    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
-    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
-    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
-    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
-
-    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
-    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
-    # Defaults to "lvm2".
-    # format = "lvm2"
-
-    # Location of proc filesystem
-    proc = "/proc"
-
-    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
-    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
-    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
-    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
-    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
-    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
-    # change metadata.
-    locking_type = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
-    wait_for_locks = 1
-
-    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
-    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
-    # clustered locking.
-    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
-    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
-
-    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
-    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
-    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
-    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
-    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
-    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
-
-    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
-    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
-    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
-
-    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
-    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
-    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
-    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
-    # volume of read-only requests.
-    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
-    # locking.
-    prioritise_write_locks = 1
-
-    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
-    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
-    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
-    # Full pathnames can be given.
-
-    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
-    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
-
-    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
-    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
-
-    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
-    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
-    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
-
-    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
-    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
-    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
-    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
-
-    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
-    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
-    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
-    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
-    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
-    metadata_read_only = 0
-
-    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
-    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
-    #
-    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
-    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
-    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
-    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
-    #		 problematic.
-    #
-    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
-    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
-    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
-    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
-    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
-    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
-    #
-    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
-    # setting.
-    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
-
-    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
-    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
-    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
-    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
-    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
-    #
-    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
-
-    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
-    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
-    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
-    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
-    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
-    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
-    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
-    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
-    use_lvmetad = 0
-}
-
-activation {
-    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
-    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
-    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
-    # only when there seems to be a problem.
-    checks = 0
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
-    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
-    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
-    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
-    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
-    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
-    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
-    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
-    udev_sync = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
-    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
-    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
-    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
-    # while any logical volumes are active.
-    udev_rules = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
-    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
-    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
-    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
-    verify_udev_operations = 0
-
-    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
-    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
-    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
-    retry_deactivation = 1
-
-    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
-    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
-    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
-    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
-    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
-    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
-    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
-
-    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
-    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
-    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
-    use_linear_target = 1
-
-    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
-    reserved_stack = 64
-
-    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    reserved_memory = 8192
-
-    # Nice value used while devices suspended
-    process_priority = -18
-
-    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
-    # match against the list.
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
-    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
-    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
-    # metadata.)
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
-    mirror_region_size = 512
-
-    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
-    #
-    # "none" - Disable readahead.
-    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
-    readahead = "auto"
-
-    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
-    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
-    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
-    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
-    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
-    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
-    #
-    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
-    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
-    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
-    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
-    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
-    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
-    #		  usable.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
-    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
-    #
-    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
-
-    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
-    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
-    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
-    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
-    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
-    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
-    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
-    # --use-policies is given.
-    #
-    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
-    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
-    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
-    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
-    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
-    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
-    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
-    #            copy.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
-    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
-    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
-    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
-    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
-    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
-    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
-    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
-    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
-    #
-    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
-    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
-    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
-    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
-    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
-    #            be allocated for the replacement.
-
-    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
-    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
-
-    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
-    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
-    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
-    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
-    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
-    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
-    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
-    #
-    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
-
-    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
-    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
-    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
-    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
-    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
-    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
-    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
-    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
-    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
-
-    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
-    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
-    # devices.
-    use_mlockall = 0
-
-    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
-    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
-    monitoring = 0
-
-    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
-    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
-    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
-    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
-    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
-    # operation is complete.
-    polling_interval = 15
-}
-
-
-####################
-# Advanced section #
-####################
-
-# Metadata settings
-#
-# metadata {
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
-    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
-    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
-
-    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
-
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
-    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
-    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
-    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
-    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
-    # metadata is stored in them all.
-    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
-    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
-    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
-    # --metadataignore y/n'.
-
-    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
-
-    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
-    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
-    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
-
-    # pvmetadatasize = 255
-
-    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
-    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
-    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
-    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
-    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
-    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
-    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
-    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
-    #
-    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
-    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
-    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
-
-    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
-#}
-
-# Event daemon
-#
-dmeventd {
-    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
-    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
-    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
-    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
-
-    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
-
-    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
-    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
-
-    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
-
-    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
-    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the pool is filled.
-
-    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
-
-    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
-    #
-    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
-}
diff --git a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf b/modules/lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b07c8e08..000000000
--- a/modules/lvm/files/lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,774 +0,0 @@
-# This is an example configuration file for the LVM2 system.
-# It contains the default settings that would be used if there was no
-# /etc/lvm/lvm.conf file.
-#
-# Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.
-#
-# To put this file in a different directory and override /etc/lvm set
-# the environment variable LVM_SYSTEM_DIR before running the tools.
-#
-# N.B. Take care that each setting only appears once if uncommenting
-# example settings in this file.
-
-
-# This section allows you to configure which block devices should
-# be used by the LVM system.
-devices {
-
-    # Where do you want your volume groups to appear ?
-    dir = "/dev"
-
-    # An array of directories that contain the device nodes you wish
-    # to use with LVM2.
-    scan = [ "/dev" ]
-
-    # If set, the cache of block device nodes with all associated symlinks
-    # will be constructed out of the existing udev database content.
-    # This avoids using and opening any inapplicable non-block devices or
-    # subdirectories found in the device directory. This setting is applied
-    # to udev-managed device directory only, other directories will be scanned
-    # fully. LVM2 needs to be compiled with udev support for this setting to
-    # take effect. N.B. Any device node or symlink not managed by udev in
-    # udev directory will be ignored with this setting on.
-    obtain_device_list_from_udev = 1
-
-    # If several entries in the scanned directories correspond to the
-    # same block device and the tools need to display a name for device,
-    # all the pathnames are matched against each item in the following
-    # list of regular expressions in turn and the first match is used.
-    preferred_names = [ ]
-
-    # Try to avoid using undescriptive /dev/dm-N names, if present.
-    # preferred_names = [ "^/dev/mpath/", "^/dev/mapper/mpath", "^/dev/[hs]d" ]
-
-    # A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.
-    # The filter consists of an array of regular expressions.  These
-    # expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and
-    # prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).
-    # The first expression found to match a device name determines if
-    # the device will be accepted or rejected (ignored).  Devices that
-    # don't match any patterns are accepted.
-
-    # Be careful if there there are symbolic links or multiple filesystem 
-    # entries for the same device as each name is checked separately against
-    # the list of patterns.  The effect is that if the first pattern in the 
-    # list to match a name is an 'a' pattern for any of the names, the device
-    # is accepted; otherwise if the first pattern in the list to match a name
-    # is an 'r' pattern for any of the names it is rejected; otherwise it is
-    # accepted.
-
-    # Don't have more than one filter line active at once: only one gets used.
-
-    # Run vgscan after you change this parameter to ensure that
-    # the cache file gets regenerated (see below).
-    # If it doesn't do what you expect, check the output of 'vgscan -vvvv'.
-
-    filter = [ "a|^/dev/cciss/.*$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # By default we accept every block device:
-    # filter = [ "a/.*/" ]
-
-    # Exclude the cdrom drive
-    # filter = [ "r|/dev/cdrom|" ]
-
-    # When testing I like to work with just loopback devices:
-    # filter = [ "a/loop/", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # Or maybe all loops and ide drives except hdc:
-    # filter =[ "a|loop|", "r|/dev/hdc|", "a|/dev/ide|", "r|.*|" ]
-
-    # Use anchors if you want to be really specific
-    # filter = [ "a|^/dev/hda8$|", "r/.*/" ]
-
-    # The results of the filtering are cached on disk to avoid
-    # rescanning dud devices (which can take a very long time).
-    # By default this cache is stored in the /etc/lvm/cache directory
-    # in a file called '.cache'.
-    # It is safe to delete the contents: the tools regenerate it.
-    # (The old setting 'cache' is still respected if neither of
-    # these new ones is present.)
-    cache_dir = "/run/lvm"
-    cache_file_prefix = ""
-
-    # You can turn off writing this cache file by setting this to 0.
-    write_cache_state = 1
-
-    # Advanced settings.
-
-    # List of pairs of additional acceptable block device types found 
-    # in /proc/devices with maximum (non-zero) number of partitions.
-    # types = [ "fd", 16 ]
-
-    # If sysfs is mounted (2.6 kernels) restrict device scanning to 
-    # the block devices it believes are valid.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    sysfs_scan = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as component paths
-    # of device-mapper multipath devices.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    multipath_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, LVM2 will ignore devices used as components of
-    # software RAID (md) devices by looking for md superblocks.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_component_detection = 1
-
-    # By default, if a PV is placed directly upon an md device, LVM2
-    # will align its data blocks with the md device's stripe-width.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    md_chunk_alignment = 1
-
-    # Default alignment of the start of a data area in MB.  If set to 0,
-    # a value of 64KB will be used.  Set to 1 for 1MiB, 2 for 2MiB, etc.
-    # default_data_alignment = 1
-
-    # By default, the start of a PV's data area will be a multiple of
-    # the 'minimum_io_size' or 'optimal_io_size' exposed in sysfs.
-    # - minimum_io_size - the smallest request the device can perform
-    #   w/o incurring a read-modify-write penalty (e.g. MD's chunk size)
-    # - optimal_io_size - the device's preferred unit of receiving I/O
-    #   (e.g. MD's stripe width)
-    # minimum_io_size is used if optimal_io_size is undefined (0).
-    # If md_chunk_alignment is enabled, that detects the optimal_io_size.
-    # This setting takes precedence over md_chunk_alignment.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_detection = 1
-
-    # Alignment (in KB) of start of data area when creating a new PV.
-    # md_chunk_alignment and data_alignment_detection are disabled if set.
-    # Set to 0 for the default alignment (see: data_alignment_default)
-    # or page size, if larger.
-    data_alignment = 0
-
-    # By default, the start of the PV's aligned data area will be shifted by
-    # the 'alignment_offset' exposed in sysfs.  This offset is often 0 but
-    # may be non-zero; e.g.: certain 4KB sector drives that compensate for
-    # windows partitioning will have an alignment_offset of 3584 bytes
-    # (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KB sectors start
-    # at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KB boundary).
-    # But note that pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset will skip this detection.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    data_alignment_offset_detection = 1
-
-    # If, while scanning the system for PVs, LVM2 encounters a device-mapper
-    # device that has its I/O suspended, it waits for it to become accessible.
-    # Set this to 1 to skip such devices.  This should only be needed
-    # in recovery situations.
-    ignore_suspended_devices = 0
-
-    # During each LVM operation errors received from each device are counted.
-    # If the counter of a particular device exceeds the limit set here, no
-    # further I/O is sent to that device for the remainder of the respective
-    # operation. Setting the parameter to 0 disables the counters altogether.
-    disable_after_error_count = 0
-
-    # Allow use of pvcreate --uuid without requiring --restorefile.
-    require_restorefile_with_uuid = 1
-
-    # Minimum size (in KB) of block devices which can be used as PVs.
-    # In a clustered environment all nodes must use the same value.
-    # Any value smaller than 512KB is ignored.
-
-    # Ignore devices smaller than 2MB such as floppy drives.
-    pv_min_size = 2048
-
-    # The original built-in setting was 512 up to and including version 2.02.84.
-    # pv_min_size = 512
-
-    # Issue discards to a logical volumes's underlying physical volume(s) when
-    # the logical volume is no longer using the physical volumes' space (e.g.
-    # lvremove, lvreduce, etc).  Discards inform the storage that a region is
-    # no longer in use.  Storage that supports discards advertise the protocol
-    # specific way discards should be issued by the kernel (TRIM, UNMAP, or
-    # WRITE SAME with UNMAP bit set).  Not all storage will support or benefit
-    # from discards but SSDs and thinly provisioned LUNs generally do.  If set
-    # to 1, discards will only be issued if both the storage and kernel provide
-    # support.
-    # 1 enables; 0 disables.
-    issue_discards = 0
-}
-
-# This section allows you to configure the way in which LVM selects
-# free space for its Logical Volumes.
-#allocation {
-#    When searching for free space to extend an LV, the "cling"
-#    allocation policy will choose space on the same PVs as the last
-#    segment of the existing LV.  If there is insufficient space and a
-#    list of tags is defined here, it will check whether any of them are
-#    attached to the PVs concerned and then seek to match those PV tags
-#    between existing extents and new extents.
-#    Use the special tag "@*" as a wildcard to match any PV tag.
-#    
-#    Example: LVs are mirrored between two sites within a single VG.
-#    PVs are tagged with either @site1 or @site2 to indicate where
-#    they are situated.
-#
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@site1", "@site2" ]
-#    cling_tag_list = [ "@*" ]
-#
-#    Changes made in version 2.02.85 extended the reach of the 'cling'
-#    policies to detect more situations where data can be grouped
-#    onto the same disks.  Set this to 0 to revert to the previous
-#    algorithm.
-#
-#    maximise_cling = 1
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that mirror logs will always be placed on 
-#    different PVs from the mirror images.  This was the default
-#    until version 2.02.85.
-#
-#    mirror_logs_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#
-#    Set to 1 to guarantee that thin pool metadata will always
-#    be placed on different PVs from the pool data.
-#
-#    thin_pool_metadata_require_separate_pvs = 0
-#}
-
-# This section that allows you to configure the nature of the
-# information that LVM2 reports.
-log {
-
-    # Controls the messages sent to stdout or stderr.
-    # There are three levels of verbosity, 3 being the most verbose.
-    verbose = 0
-
-    # Should we send log messages through syslog?
-    # 1 is yes; 0 is no.
-    syslog = 1
-
-    # Should we log error and debug messages to a file?
-    # By default there is no log file.
-    #file = "/var/log/lvm2.log"
-
-    # Should we overwrite the log file each time the program is run?
-    # By default we append.
-    overwrite = 0
-
-    # What level of log messages should we send to the log file and/or syslog?
-    # There are 6 syslog-like log levels currently in use - 2 to 7 inclusive.
-    # 7 is the most verbose (LOG_DEBUG).
-    level = 0
-
-    # Format of output messages
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to indent messages according to their severity
-    indent = 1
-
-    # Whether or not (1 or 0) to display the command name on each line output
-    command_names = 0
-
-    # A prefix to use before the message text (but after the command name,
-    # if selected).  Default is two spaces, so you can see/grep the severity
-    # of each message.
-    prefix = "  "
-
-    # To make the messages look similar to the original LVM tools use:
-    #   indent = 0
-    #   command_names = 1
-    #   prefix = " -- "
-
-    # Set this if you want log messages during activation.
-    # Don't use this in low memory situations (can deadlock).
-    # activation = 0
-}
-
-# Configuration of metadata backups and archiving.  In LVM2 when we
-# talk about a 'backup' we mean making a copy of the metadata for the
-# *current* system.  The 'archive' contains old metadata configurations.
-# Backups are stored in a human readeable text format.
-backup {
-
-    # Should we maintain a backup of the current metadata configuration ?
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # Think very hard before turning this off!
-    backup = 1
-
-    # Where shall we keep it ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    backup_dir = "/etc/lvm/backup"
-
-    # Should we maintain an archive of old metadata configurations.
-    # Use 1 for Yes; 0 for No.
-    # On by default.  Think very hard before turning this off.
-    archive = 1
-
-    # Where should archived files go ?
-    # Remember to back up this directory regularly!
-    archive_dir = "/etc/lvm/archive"
-
-    # What is the minimum number of archive files you wish to keep ?
-    retain_min = 10
-
-    # What is the minimum time you wish to keep an archive file for ?
-    retain_days = 30
-}
-
-# Settings for the running LVM2 in shell (readline) mode.
-shell {
-
-    # Number of lines of history to store in ~/.lvm_history
-    history_size = 100
-}
-
-
-# Miscellaneous global LVM2 settings
-global {
-
-    # The file creation mask for any files and directories created.
-    # Interpreted as octal if the first digit is zero.
-    umask = 077
-
-    # Allow other users to read the files
-    #umask = 022
-
-    # Enabling test mode means that no changes to the on disk metadata
-    # will be made.  Equivalent to having the -t option on every
-    # command.  Defaults to off.
-    test = 0
-
-    # Default value for --units argument
-    units = "h"
-
-    # Since version 2.02.54, the tools distinguish between powers of
-    # 1024 bytes (e.g. KiB, MiB, GiB) and powers of 1000 bytes (e.g.
-    # KB, MB, GB).
-    # If you have scripts that depend on the old behaviour, set this to 0
-    # temporarily until you update them.
-    si_unit_consistency = 1
-
-    # Whether or not to communicate with the kernel device-mapper.
-    # Set to 0 if you want to use the tools to manipulate LVM metadata 
-    # without activating any logical volumes.
-    # If the device-mapper kernel driver is not present in your kernel
-    # setting this to 0 should suppress the error messages.
-    activation = 1
-
-    # If we can't communicate with device-mapper, should we try running 
-    # the LVM1 tools?
-    # This option only applies to 2.4 kernels and is provided to help you
-    # switch between device-mapper kernels and LVM1 kernels.
-    # The LVM1 tools need to be installed with .lvm1 suffices
-    # e.g. vgscan.lvm1 and they will stop working after you start using
-    # the new lvm2 on-disk metadata format.
-    # The default value is set when the tools are built.
-    # fallback_to_lvm1 = 0
-
-    # The default metadata format that commands should use - "lvm1" or "lvm2".
-    # The command line override is -M1 or -M2.
-    # Defaults to "lvm2".
-    # format = "lvm2"
-
-    # Location of proc filesystem
-    proc = "/proc"
-
-    # Type of locking to use. Defaults to local file-based locking (1).
-    # Turn locking off by setting to 0 (dangerous: risks metadata corruption
-    # if LVM2 commands get run concurrently).
-    # Type 2 uses the external shared library locking_library.
-    # Type 3 uses built-in clustered locking.
-    # Type 4 uses read-only locking which forbids any operations that might 
-    # change metadata.
-    locking_type = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to fail when a lock request cannot be satisfied immediately.
-    wait_for_locks = 1
-
-    # If using external locking (type 2) and initialisation fails,
-    # with this set to 1 an attempt will be made to use the built-in
-    # clustered locking.
-    # If you are using a customised locking_library you should set this to 0.
-    fallback_to_clustered_locking = 1
-
-    # If an attempt to initialise type 2 or type 3 locking failed, perhaps
-    # because cluster components such as clvmd are not running, with this set
-    # to 1 an attempt will be made to use local file-based locking (type 1).
-    # If this succeeds, only commands against local volume groups will proceed.
-    # Volume Groups marked as clustered will be ignored.
-    fallback_to_local_locking = 1
-
-    # Local non-LV directory that holds file-based locks while commands are
-    # in progress.  A directory like /tmp that may get wiped on reboot is OK.
-    locking_dir = "/run/lock/lvm"
-
-    # Whenever there are competing read-only and read-write access requests for
-    # a volume group's metadata, instead of always granting the read-only
-    # requests immediately, delay them to allow the read-write requests to be
-    # serviced.  Without this setting, write access may be stalled by a high
-    # volume of read-only requests.
-    # NB. This option only affects locking_type = 1 viz. local file-based
-    # locking.
-    prioritise_write_locks = 1
-
-    # Other entries can go here to allow you to load shared libraries
-    # e.g. if support for LVM1 metadata was compiled as a shared library use
-    #   format_libraries = "liblvm2format1.so" 
-    # Full pathnames can be given.
-
-    # Search this directory first for shared libraries.
-    #   library_dir = "/lib/lvm2"
-
-    # The external locking library to load if locking_type is set to 2.
-    #   locking_library = "liblvm2clusterlock.so"
-
-    # Treat any internal errors as fatal errors, aborting the process that
-    # encountered the internal error. Please only enable for debugging.
-    abort_on_internal_errors = 0
-
-    # Check whether CRC is matching when parsed VG is used multiple times.
-    # This is useful to catch unexpected internal cached volume group
-    # structure modification. Please only enable for debugging.
-    detect_internal_vg_cache_corruption = 0
-
-    # If set to 1, no operations that change on-disk metadata will be permitted.
-    # Additionally, read-only commands that encounter metadata in need of repair
-    # will still be allowed to proceed exactly as if the repair had been 
-    # performed (except for the unchanged vg_seqno).
-    # Inappropriate use could mess up your system, so seek advice first!
-    metadata_read_only = 0
-
-    # 'mirror_segtype_default' defines which segtype will be used when the
-    # shorthand '-m' option is used for mirroring.  The possible options are:
-    #
-    # "mirror" - The original RAID1 implementation provided by LVM2/DM.  It is
-    # 	         characterized by a flexible log solution (core, disk, mirrored)
-    #		 and by the necessity to block I/O while reconfiguring in the
-    #		 event of a failure.  Snapshots of this type of RAID1 can be
-    #		 problematic.
-    #
-    # "raid1"  - This implementation leverages MD's RAID1 personality through
-    # 	       	 device-mapper.  It is characterized by a lack of log options.
-    #		 (A log is always allocated for every device and they are placed
-    #		 on the same device as the image - no separate devices are
-    #		 required.)  This mirror implementation does not require I/O
-    #		 to be blocked in the kernel in the event of a failure.
-    #
-    # Specify the '--type <mirror|raid1>' option to override this default
-    # setting.
-    mirror_segtype_default = "mirror"
-
-    # The default format for displaying LV names in lvdisplay was changed 
-    # in version 2.02.89 to show the LV name and path separately.
-    # Previously this was always shown as /dev/vgname/lvname even when that
-    # was never a valid path in the /dev filesystem.
-    # Set to 1 to reinstate the previous format.
-    #
-    # lvdisplay_shows_full_device_path = 0
-
-    # Whether to use (trust) a running instance of lvmetad. If this is set to
-    # 0, all commands fall back to the usual scanning mechanisms. When set to 1
-    # *and* when lvmetad is running (it is not auto-started), the volume group
-    # metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no
-    # scanning is done by the individual commands. In a setup with lvmetad,
-    # lvmetad udev rules *must* be set up for LVM to work correctly. Without
-    # proper udev rules, all changes in block device configuration will be
-    # *ignored* until a manual 'vgscan' is performed.
-    use_lvmetad = 0
-}
-
-activation {
-    # Set to 1 to perform internal checks on the operations issued to
-    # libdevmapper.  Useful for debugging problems with activation.
-    # Some of the checks may be expensive, so it's best to use this
-    # only when there seems to be a problem.
-    checks = 0
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable udev synchronisation (if compiled into the binaries).
-    # Processes will not wait for notification from udev.
-    # They will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
-    # in the background.  You should only use this if udev is not running
-    # or has rules that ignore the devices LVM2 creates.
-    # The command line argument --nodevsync takes precedence over this setting.
-    # If set to 1 when udev is not running, and there are LVM2 processes
-    # waiting for udev, run 'dmsetup udevcomplete_all' manually to wake them up.
-    udev_sync = 1
-
-    # Set to 0 to disable the udev rules installed by LVM2 (if built with
-    # --enable-udev_rules). LVM2 will then manage the /dev nodes and symlinks
-    # for active logical volumes directly itself.
-    # N.B. Manual intervention may be required if this setting is changed
-    # while any logical volumes are active.
-    udev_rules = 1
-
-    # Set to 1 for LVM2 to verify operations performed by udev. This turns on
-    # additional checks (and if necessary, repairs) on entries in the device
-    # directory after udev has completed processing its events. 
-    # Useful for diagnosing problems with LVM2/udev interactions.
-    verify_udev_operations = 0
-
-    # If set to 1 and if deactivation of an LV fails, perhaps because
-    # a process run from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device,
-    # retry the operation for a few seconds before failing.
-    retry_deactivation = 1
-
-    # How to fill in missing stripes if activating an incomplete volume.
-    # Using "error" will make inaccessible parts of the device return
-    # I/O errors on access.  You can instead use a device path, in which 
-    # case, that device will be used to in place of missing stripes.
-    # But note that using anything other than "error" with mirrored 
-    # or snapshotted volumes is likely to result in data corruption.
-    missing_stripe_filler = "error"
-
-    # The linear target is an optimised version of the striped target
-    # that only handles a single stripe.  Set this to 0 to disable this
-    # optimisation and always use the striped target.
-    use_linear_target = 1
-
-    # How much stack (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    # Prior to version 2.02.89 this used to be set to 256KB
-    reserved_stack = 64
-
-    # How much memory (in KB) to reserve for use while devices suspended
-    reserved_memory = 8192
-
-    # Nice value used while devices suspended
-    process_priority = -18
-
-    # If volume_list is defined, each LV is only activated if there is a
-    # match against the list.
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # If read_only_volume_list is defined, each LV that is to be activated 
-    # is checked against the list, and if it matches, it as activated
-    # in read-only mode.  (This overrides '--permission rw' stored in the
-    # metadata.)
-    #   "vgname" and "vgname/lvname" are matched exactly.
-    #   "@tag" matches any tag set in the LV or VG.
-    #   "@*" matches if any tag defined on the host is also set in the LV or VG
-    #
-    # read_only_volume_list = [ "vg1", "vg2/lvol1", "@tag1", "@*" ]
-
-    # Size (in KB) of each copy operation when mirroring
-    mirror_region_size = 512
-
-    # Setting to use when there is no readahead value stored in the metadata.
-    #
-    # "none" - Disable readahead.
-    # "auto" - Use default value chosen by kernel.
-    readahead = "auto"
-
-    # 'raid_fault_policy' defines how a device failure in a RAID logical
-    # volume is handled.  This includes logical volumes that have the following
-    # segment types: raid1, raid4, raid5*, and raid6*.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the following policies will determine what
-    # actions are performed during the automated response to failures (when
-    # dmeventd is monitoring the RAID logical volume) and when 'lvconvert' is
-    # called manually with the options '--repair' and '--use-policies'.
-    #
-    # "warn"	- Use the system log to warn the user that a device in the RAID
-    # 		  logical volume has failed.  It is left to the user to run
-    #		  'lvconvert --repair' manually to remove or replace the failed
-    #		  device.  As long as the number of failed devices does not
-    #		  exceed the redundancy of the logical volume (1 device for
-    #		  raid4/5, 2 for raid6, etc) the logical volume will remain
-    #		  usable.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Attempt to use any extra physical volumes in the volume
-    # 		  group as spares and replace faulty devices.
-    #
-    raid_fault_policy = "warn"
-
-    # 'mirror_image_fault_policy' and 'mirror_log_fault_policy' define
-    # how a device failure affecting a mirror (of "mirror" segment type) is
-    # handled.  A mirror is composed of mirror images (copies) and a log.
-    # A disk log ensures that a mirror does not need to be re-synced
-    # (all copies made the same) every time a machine reboots or crashes.
-    #
-    # In the event of a failure, the specified policy will be used to determine
-    # what happens. This applies to automatic repairs (when the mirror is being
-    # monitored by dmeventd) and to manual lvconvert --repair when
-    # --use-policies is given.
-    #
-    # "remove" - Simply remove the faulty device and run without it.  If
-    #            the log device fails, the mirror would convert to using
-    #            an in-memory log.  This means the mirror will not
-    #            remember its sync status across crashes/reboots and
-    #            the entire mirror will be re-synced.  If a
-    #            mirror image fails, the mirror will convert to a
-    #            non-mirrored device if there is only one remaining good
-    #            copy.
-    #
-    # "allocate" - Remove the faulty device and try to allocate space on
-    #            a new device to be a replacement for the failed device.
-    #            Using this policy for the log is fast and maintains the
-    #            ability to remember sync state through crashes/reboots.
-    #            Using this policy for a mirror device is slow, as it
-    #            requires the mirror to resynchronize the devices, but it
-    #            will preserve the mirror characteristic of the device.
-    #            This policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and
-    #            space can be allocated for the replacement.
-    #
-    # "allocate_anywhere" - Not yet implemented. Useful to place the log device
-    #            temporarily on same physical volume as one of the mirror
-    #            images. This policy is not recommended for mirror devices
-    #            since it would break the redundant nature of the mirror. This
-    #            policy acts like "remove" if no suitable device and space can
-    #            be allocated for the replacement.
-
-    mirror_log_fault_policy = "allocate"
-    mirror_image_fault_policy = "remove"
-
-    # 'snapshot_autoextend_threshold' and 'snapshot_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic snapshot extension. The former defines when the
-    # snapshot should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the snapshot, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # snapshot_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a snapshot exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G snapshot, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the snapshot will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting snapshot_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    snapshot_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    snapshot_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # 'thin_pool_autoextend_threshold' and 'thin_pool_autoextend_percent' define
-    # how to handle automatic pool extension. The former defines when the
-    # pool should be extended: when its space usage exceeds this many
-    # percent. The latter defines how much extra space should be allocated for
-    # the pool, in percent of its current size.
-    #
-    # For example, if you set thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 70 and
-    # thin_pool_autoextend_percent to 20, whenever a pool exceeds 70% usage,
-    # it will be extended by another 20%. For a 1G pool, using up 700M will
-    # trigger a resize to 1.2G. When the usage exceeds 840M, the pool will
-    # be extended to 1.44G, and so on.
-    #
-    # Setting thin_pool_autoextend_threshold to 100 disables automatic
-    # extensions. The minimum value is 50 (A setting below 50 will be treated
-    # as 50).
-
-    thin_pool_autoextend_threshold = 100
-    thin_pool_autoextend_percent = 20
-
-    # Full path of the utility called to check that a thin metadata device
-    # is in a state that allows it to be used.
-    # Each time a thin pool needs to be activated, this utility is executed.
-    # The activation will only proceed if the utility has an exit status of 0.
-    # Set to "" to skip this check.  (Not recommended.)
-    # The thin tools are available as part of the device-mapper-persistent-data
-    # package from https://github.com/jthornber/thin-provisioning-tools.
-    #
-    thin_check_executable = "/sbin/thin_check -q"
-
-    # While activating devices, I/O to devices being (re)configured is
-    # suspended, and as a precaution against deadlocks, LVM2 needs to pin
-    # any memory it is using so it is not paged out.  Groups of pages that
-    # are known not to be accessed during activation need not be pinned
-    # into memory.  Each string listed in this setting is compared against
-    # each line in /proc/self/maps, and the pages corresponding to any
-    # lines that match are not pinned.  On some systems locale-archive was
-    # found to make up over 80% of the memory used by the process.
-    # mlock_filter = [ "locale/locale-archive", "gconv/gconv-modules.cache" ]
-
-    # Set to 1 to revert to the default behaviour prior to version 2.02.62
-    # which used mlockall() to pin the whole process's memory while activating
-    # devices.
-    use_mlockall = 0
-
-    # Monitoring is enabled by default when activating logical volumes.
-    # Set to 0 to disable monitoring or use the --ignoremonitoring option.
-    monitoring = 0
-
-    # When pvmove or lvconvert must wait for the kernel to finish
-    # synchronising or merging data, they check and report progress
-    # at intervals of this number of seconds.  The default is 15 seconds.
-    # If this is set to 0 and there is only one thing to wait for, there
-    # are no progress reports, but the process is awoken immediately the
-    # operation is complete.
-    polling_interval = 15
-}
-
-
-####################
-# Advanced section #
-####################
-
-# Metadata settings
-#
-# metadata {
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to hold on each PV.  0, 1 or 2.
-    # You might want to override it from the command line with 0 
-    # when running pvcreate on new PVs which are to be added to large VGs.
-
-    # pvmetadatacopies = 1
-
-    # Default number of copies of metadata to maintain for each VG.
-    # If set to a non-zero value, LVM automatically chooses which of
-    # the available metadata areas to use to achieve the requested
-    # number of copies of the VG metadata.  If you set a value larger
-    # than the the total number of metadata areas available then
-    # metadata is stored in them all.
-    # The default value of 0 ("unmanaged") disables this automatic
-    # management and allows you to control which metadata areas
-    # are used at the individual PV level using 'pvchange
-    # --metadataignore y/n'.
-
-    # vgmetadatacopies = 0
-
-    # Approximate default size of on-disk metadata areas in sectors.
-    # You should increase this if you have large volume groups or
-    # you want to retain a large on-disk history of your metadata changes.
-
-    # pvmetadatasize = 255
-
-    # List of directories holding live copies of text format metadata.
-    # These directories must not be on logical volumes!
-    # It's possible to use LVM2 with a couple of directories here,
-    # preferably on different (non-LV) filesystems, and with no other 
-    # on-disk metadata (pvmetadatacopies = 0). Or this can be in
-    # addition to on-disk metadata areas.
-    # The feature was originally added to simplify testing and is not
-    # supported under low memory situations - the machine could lock up.
-    #
-    # Never edit any files in these directories by hand unless you
-    # you are absolutely sure you know what you are doing! Use
-    # the supplied toolset to make changes (e.g. vgcfgrestore).
-
-    # dirs = [ "/etc/lvm/metadata", "/mnt/disk2/lvm/metadata2" ]
-#}
-
-# Event daemon
-#
-dmeventd {
-    # mirror_library is the library used when monitoring a mirror device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so" attempts to recover from
-    # failures.  It removes failed devices from a volume group and
-    # reconfigures a mirror as necessary. If no mirror library is
-    # provided, mirrors are not monitored through dmeventd.
-
-    mirror_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2mirror.so"
-
-    # snapshot_library is the library used when monitoring a snapshot device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so" monitors the filling of
-    # snapshots and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the snapshot exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the snapshot is filled.
-
-    snapshot_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2snapshot.so"
-
-    # thin_library is the library used when monitoring a thin device.
-    #
-    # "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so" monitors the filling of
-    # pool and emits a warning through syslog when the use of
-    # the pool exceeds 80%. The warning is repeated when 85%, 90% and
-    # 95% of the pool is filled.
-
-    thin_library = "libdevmapper-event-lvm2thin.so"
-
-    # Full path of the dmeventd binary.
-    #
-    # executable = "/sbin/dmeventd"
-}
diff --git a/modules/lvm/manifests/init.pp b/modules/lvm/manifests/init.pp
deleted file mode 100644
index 34663ae52..000000000
--- a/modules/lvm/manifests/init.pp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-class lvm {
-	case $::hostname {
-		ubc-bl8,ubc-bl4: {
-			$conffile = 'lvm-ubc-ganeti.conf'
-		}
-		ubc-bl3,ubc-bl7,ubc-bl2,ubc-bl6: {
-			$conffile = 'lvm-ubc-ganeti-p410.conf'
-		}
-		csail-node01,csail-node02: {
-			$conffile = 'lvm-csail-nodeX-ganeti.conf'
-		}
-		grnet-node01,grnet-node02: {
-			$conffile = 'lvm-grnet-nodeX-ganeti.conf'
-		}
-		bm-bl1,bm-bl2,bm-bl3,bm-bl4,bm-bl5,bm-bl6,bm-bl7,bm-bl8,bm-bl9,bm-bl10,bm-bl11,bm-bl12: {
-			$conffile = 'lvm-bm-blades.conf'
-		}
-		prokofiev: {
-			$conffile = 'lvm-prokofiev.conf'
-		}
-		default: {
-			$conffile = ''
-		}
-	}
-
-	if $conffile != '' {
-		package { 'lvm2':
-			ensure => installed,
-		}
-
-		file { '/etc/lvm/lvm.conf':
-			source  => "puppet:///modules/lvm/$conffile",
-		}
-	}
-}